Home

Field Manager DisplayUser Guide

1. a Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus DJ467983505 3 m WP E 6Pinwe Ea 2nd4 owes Rows tel Connects toTru Count E plement Clutch system N DJ46798014X Lt menan Optional lengths 5 10 20 25 or 40 Customize depending on specific planter G Planter 5 Output Module DJ467982000S1 Each Tru Count Hamess Planter Output Module will support up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections Each WSMB module module harness supports up to an additional 18 rows for seed monitoring Add up to 8 additional WSMB hamesses module bundles to support up to 148 rows DJ467981200 wens DJ467981100S1 wae fe ee Hamess Seed Monitor EL Order and install CAN mr DJ467981201 if using Seed Manager SE style hamess Cw Connect to next module hamess i Pat or implement extension hamess D Connect CAN terminator if this co is the last module on the CAN bus DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS Harness comes in many different variations including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin several models for specific planters DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager SE HARNESS 16 Row Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized Standard D PM Styla
2. 000000 62 Installing additional equipment 0 000000 65 Inserting the CompactFlash card in the socket 04 66 Turning onthe display 1 ee ee ee 67 HOME SCREEN ssc tock dd os aia Anda oe Re a Seek Ca el PS 68 COMMPTIFATIONSCLEENS oy sass ake ik Hoe Oak eee ee 69 Data Management screen 1 ee ee 70 FRU SCTE srona aaki iiei hg bose ak a a aeaa sar it oh de gl et 71 Turning off the display oseese reni sea 4 Oboe RE ae ed GAO a aS 72 Overview of Plugins 73 Introduction to plugins 2 ee ee 74 Adding orremovingaplugin 0 0 eee ee ee ee 76 Configuring a plugin 60208 eseksau ae See hee oo he ale gas 77 Entering the password to activateaplugin ee ee eee 78 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Contents The System Plugin 2 252528 2588 83 Accessing the configuration settings 2 0 0 0 0 ee eee 84 Password aCCeSS ok cin crni ee bs Ree Oaks 4 eee RRS ES 84 Calibrating the touch screen auna ee ee 85 Configuring the display s sss veea puao a ee ee ee eee 88 Selecting the language 2 eee 89 Selecting the units of measure 1 2 0 eee ee 89 Configuring the keyboard layout 0 0 0 0 00000005 90 Configuring the lightbar settings 0 0 0 0 00 0c ae 90 Configuring sounds coe i ee ees 92 Configuring Hetime s d seise a aes He bela Pale Be Bae 93 Configuring the status textitems 0
3. 322 Other Sensors a eo ee ae eae BAN AR ey OE WG ad 325 Configuring an externalswitch 0 0 0 0 0000004 333 Continuing the configuration 000000000 333 Configuring planter vereer awa sa sea GEU va ni eE ee 334 Entering materials sni Ayaan eaen oe tage a E a 334 Configuring the channels aoaaa uaaa 339 Configuring liquid Hows 20 88 eons ie ee BO a E we a S E 346 Entering materials siu mesei ee Soe he eh eh ks 346 Configuring the channels 2 2 0 000000 eee eee 350 Configuring granular seed 1 ee ee ee 358 Entering materials econ Sense ek tee Weg Bela hd ee aed iad 358 Configuring the channels 0 0 00 eee eee 363 Configuring granular fertilizer 1 0 0 0 eee eee ees 370 Ent ring materials ote sal saoi ad oo moe eee Nets Sete 370 Configuring the channels 00 0000 eee eee 374 Configuring anhydrous 1 2 eee ee ee 380 Entering materials si daes4 aoe Sedaka Bane Sas 380 Configuring the channels sesasine erea 00 000 eee eee 384 Combining channels ses enea adat i oon anaes ween 389 Calibrating s nsors esu ee pa ee Ree SS OR ee ees 391 Operating aplanterordrill 2 2 ee ee ee 407 Turning the planter on or off anaua aaae 408 The planter channel product tab overview mode 411 Detailed channel information button oasa aeea 412 Row Information tab ssaa 415 Material accumulator ouae 417 Ope
4. Item Description 1 Section layout bar 2 Sprayer Information tab selector 3 Additional sensor readings The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the sections AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 423 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Operating an air seeder granular seed J CAUTION When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running an air seeder with the Multi Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Item Description Air seeder tab see page 428 Logging on off button Air seeder row details button see page 432 Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row Information tab N OW BP WN Additional sensor readings 424 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Turning the air seeder on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 427 If an optional implement lift switch is installed to apply seed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes to show this
5. 7 Configure the appropriate settings Item Description Drive Type Select the liquid drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly e Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line e Servo Return A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the tank return line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive 354 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Item Description K Factor Channel Width Flush Valve Locking The number of pulses per liter or gallon that the sensor produces e If you already know the K Factor enter it here e If you do not know the K Factor perform a flowmeter calibration See Flow meter constant page 394 e If the system has a Raven flow meter divide the number by 10 and then enter the result as the K Factor The combined width assigned to this channel Flush Enable is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses granular fertilizer gr
6. Setting Description High Alarm If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is higher than this a warning appears Low Alarm If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is lower than this a High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay Pressure Filter warning appears You can set a delay so momentary changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning will not appear until the High Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time You can set a delay so momentary changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning will not appear until the Low Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time The Pressure Filter value applies a filter to the signal from the pressure sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the pressure readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true pressure value this number should be set to 0 Pressure Sensor 1 330 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 If a ground speed sensor is connected set the following settings Setting Description Primary Source Backup Source Speed Constant Manual Speed Shut Off Speed The primary source of ground speed information e CAN ground A radar digital 3 wire sensor is connected to the cab harness or a radar forward
7. 301 Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers 302 Prescriptions eresas i ee He ee a ae ee ete ee 302 The Multi Application Control Plugin 303 IntVOdUCHON ce ee da Ss Grace ee Ee tn ge eee 304 Introduction to flow and application functionality 305 Definition Of termis s sa a asirai ee ee 306 Planter and drill iniaa diae a ee 306 Air seeder s serere niren Pe ke ee Sh SHG aS Eea 306 Sprayer saree ce a a E a e a aa e 307 Spread r sariso m erek anka Ve ee beat Bah ark an 307 Anhydrous ys e ara riepa ENA a a a E ay 308 Channel ic as ppa sania dais Pa de owas i ee hd 308 SOCHONM An Guiles oo ea oP ROR ee bad Baars Mae eS ek be 308 ROW sore ech eras Aer ar gs tee ee wt Ae He geod Batwa ie sl wearer tes Gate ce Oey 309 Unitsof measures c aat See ak a aE eke 309 Benefits of the system 2 ee ee ee 310 Product controls s sss aaa pore adeo edd hE ek a aoe at 310 Independent row or section switching 0 310 Installation all implements 0 0 0 0 0 eee eee 312 Configuration All models 0 0 cee ees 312 Configuring the plugin 6 eee 313 Saving a configuration file 2 eee eee ee ee 313 Reloading a configuration flle 0 00000 314 Configuring the modules 0 00000 eee eee 314 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 17 Contents 18 Configuring the row sensors on Planter drill and air seeder modules
8. Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 425 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Illustration Status Description Implement switch is Off Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Implement switch is Off Master switch is On The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the air seeder is not applying seed Implement switch is On Master switch is Off Implement switch is On Master switch is On ORORO E The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying seed or logging coverage The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage 426 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Implement lift switch not installed For the air seeder to apply seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button Illustration Status Description Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 427
9. AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 289 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Step 4 Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FieldManager display 1 From the Configuration screen select the Serial Rate Control plugin and then tap Setup The Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen appears Flex Air k E mooo i The text boxes that appear on the screen depend on which controller you selected 2 Enter the default rate for the controller in the Default Rate text box 3 Enter the lead time in the Lead Time field See Controller lead time page 282 4 If the Active Channel text box appears enter the active channel name 5 When you have entered the settings tap OK 290 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 Step 5 Configuring the variable rate controller If you have specified a variable rate controller type the AgGPS FieldManager display initiates communications with the controller each time a field is opened Communications are terminated when the field is closed If the AgGPS FieldManager display cannot communicate with the controller e amessage is displayed identifying the problem If the specified controller type has a configurable baud rate the error message includes details of the baud rate that the AgGPS FieldManager display requires the controller to use e the Applied rate disappears from the Run screen e variable rate logging
10. Select the guidance generation mode Guidance line files used to be recorded in the FieldManager display version 3 2 format where the distance between points increases on curves Starting in version 5 0 of the firmware guidance generation is based on constant point spacing which gives you more points on a line Item Description FMD v3 2 compatible The former format The distance between points varied FMD v5 default The new format The distance between points is constant Note If you are using an old guidance line from an AgGPS 170 Field Computer set the guidance Generation option to FMD v3 2 compatible Otherwise the location of your line might move Select whether or not curve smoothing is enabled When it is enabled ifthe master line has a tight turn in it guidance lines based on the master line will be smoothed to make them easier to drive This can result in coverage gaps Disabling curve smoothing will result in guidance line not being smoothed out Item Description Enabled default Curves are smoothed to make them easier to drive Disabled Curves are not smoothed You can also use the System Diagnostics screen to view raw port data For more information see Viewing raw serial data page 597 596 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Viewing raw serial data You can view raw serial data as the display receives it This can be useful for analyzing the GPS signal T
11. 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin To fill the disks on this channel and any channels combined with this one l 2 3 4 5 Tap the Fill Disk button The Fill Disk screen appears Raise the implement Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park Start the vehicle engine Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature N CAUTION When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 6 Tap Start The planter disks rotate and fill with seed Repeat this process for any uncombined channels 414 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Row Information tab A planter can have up to 148 rows Each row on the planter can have a sensor that reports the row s planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which appears under the guidance screen 5 1 4 Item Description 1 Show next screen row details 2 Channel to row assignment bar 3 Row status bar 4 Row Information tab selector 5 Additional sensor readings The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail To view the next screen tap the button Row details The row detail screens show th
12. Creating an implement 1 Press the Configuration button Q to the right of the display The Configuration screen appears 2 Tap Implement Setup 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 84 112 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Implement Configuration 6 The Edit Implement screen appears Note Additional setup options appear on this screen for the Multi Application Control or EZ Boom plugins See Step 1 Configuring the spray boom in the FieldManager display page 265 4 Tap New The New Implement Name screen with a virtual keyboard appears 5 Enter a name for the new implement and then tap OK The Edit Implement screen appears 6 Tap Settings AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 113 6 Implement Configuration Selecting an existing implement To configure an implement L Press the Configuration button Q to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears Tap Implement Setup If necessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 84 The Edit Implement screen appears Any previously configured implements appear in the Current Implement list at the top of the screen To select an item tap the list to open it and then select the appropriate implement If there is only one available implement it is selected by default 114 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Implement Configuration 6 Importing an implemen
13. Implement Configuration 6 3 Ifthe implement is offset to one side set the left right offset a Tap the L R Offset text box The Enter Left Right Implement Offset screen appears b Tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in c Enter the offset distance d Tap either Left or Right to select the direction of the offset An offset to the left indicates the implement extends to the left of the driver when seated in the vehicle e Tap OK The Implement Boom Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle will show the offset you have just set AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 117 6 Implement Configuration J CAUTION It is important that you configure the correct front back offset If you are using an Autopilot system alone set the front back offset to the distance from the rear axle of the vehicle to the implement If you are using any of the plugins that include switching Serial Rate Control Multi Application Control or EZ Boom set the front back offset to the distance from the antenna to the implement 4 Enter the F B Offset setting a Tap F B Offset The Enter Front Back Offset screen appears b If necessary tap either Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the offset is measured in c Enter the offset distance d Tap either Back or Forward to select the direction of the offset A forward offset indicat
14. Required Data Menu settings e BAUD 9600 e GPS Inac e DLOG ON e TRIG 1 e UNIT sec Some Raven controllers may forget settings if the power source is disconnected This will mean that you have to reconfigure the unit Application width When the AgGPS FieldManager display is connected to a Raven controller the total boom section width must be set to match the Application Width setting in the Implement Boom Setup screen CAUTION The first boom section width set on the Raven controller must be greater than 0 If you set it to 0 the AgGPS FieldManager display will not communicate with the controller The AgGPS FieldManager display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to the number of boom sections but it does not know the absolute width of each boom section it only knows the relative width of each boom section with respect to the total boom section width AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 295 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin When recording coverage polygons each section is considered to be a percentage of the Application Width set in the AgGPS FieldManager display Implement Boom Setup screen For example if you create an intentional overlap to avoid gaps in the application coverage by making the application width greater than the swath width This proportionally changes the recorded width of each boom section Using the controller To allow the rates being sent by the AgGPS FieldManager display to be u
15. The Tyler Flex Air controller uses GPS speed sent by the FieldManager display Using the Tyler Flex Air controller The Total_Qty field in the variable rate logging dbf file and the Avg_Rate field in the EventHistory dbf file record statistics for the active channel If you want to use these statistics you should start a new event before changing the active channel Application width You can individually configure the widths of the boom sections on the controller The FieldManager display draws coverage logging at the width of the sum of all the boom sections If you turn boom sections off the FieldManager display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to which boom sections are on 300 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 Step 6 Setting any other features of the variable rate controller Coverage mapping The AgGPS FieldManager display receives the applied rate and can also receive the number of active boom sections from a variable rate controller It does not receive any information about the swath or application width To accurately record coverage maps if your controller does not send the number of active boom sections make sure that you set the application width to match the agricultural equipment that you are using for example the width of the spray boom Target and applied rates The AgGPS FieldManager display can control only a single channel at any one tim
16. To remove the card Rotate the display so you can see the back of it Open the card socket Put your fingernail into the ridge on the card and then slide it straight out Do not try to lever the card out at an angle The system automatically detects when a card is inserted or removed If no card is present a message appears on the Configuration screen Turning on the display Briefly hold down the Power button for approximately half a second The system turns on and after a pause the Home screen appears The AgGPS FieldManager display has four main screens Home screen Configuration screen Data Management screen Run screen You can access each of these screens by pressing the appropriate button to the right of the display See page 33 Note The display may take longer to turn on than in previous versions of the software AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 67 3 Getting Started Home screen The Home screen lists the following information about the system The display build date firmware and hardware version The AgGPS Autopilot controller version date and serial number The GPS receiver version correction source and subscription information The selected vehicle make and model AgGPs FieldManager Display 2006 Trimble Navigation Limited All rights reserved This product Is protected by US and iA 5 es International copyright trademark and patent law as described In the Legal Not
17. To slide the pointer a Touch the screen where the pointer is located and hold your finger on the screen b Move your finger along the axis in the direction that you want to move the pointer c Remove your finger when you are satisfied with the position of the pointer Lists A list shows all the available options To select an item from a list tap the item AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 41 2 42 Features and Functions View modes The AgGPS FieldManager display screen has two views for representing vehicle guidance on the Run screen e Plan view Shows a bird s eye view of the field with the vehicle in it e Perspective view Shows a three dimensional representation of the field from the driver s perspective On the Run screen both views appear at all times One is shown as the main view and the other appears as the smaller auxiliary view in the top right corner Figure 2 4 The Run screen Item Description 1 Main view in this example Plan view 2 Auxiliary view in this example Perspective view To change the view mode tap the small auxiliary view in the top right corner AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Zooming The AgGPS FieldManager display has five levels of zoom A close up view of the vehicle enables you to navigate more accurately while a long view enables you to see more of the field To zoom the screen in tap the
18. 194 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 To reposition the vehicle 1 Wait until the software prompts you that the next phase is ready to begin 2 Look at the screen to determine whether the next phase will require a left or right turn 3 Reposition the vehicle so that the turn will use the space that you have available 4 Tap the button to begin the next phase CAUTION Obstacles in the field can cause collisions which may injure you and damage the vehicle If an obstacle in the field makes it unsafe to continue a particular phase of the Automated Deadzone calibration stop the vehicle to abort the phase and turn the steering wheel to disengage the system Reposition the vehicle and continue from the current test phase Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the error messages below will appear Message Meaning Error Manual Override Manual override was detected before the calibration cycle Detected could be completed Retry Error Vehicle Moving The vehicle was moving too slowly for the calibration cycle to Too Slow successfully finish Make sure the vehicle is moving at least 0 8 kph 0 5 mph during each calibration cycle Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured End Stops steering angle approached the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of center
19. 5 Inspect feedback sensor for damage 6 Inspect control valve for damage 7 Inspect harness module for damage 8 Decrease target rate 210 Control CONTROL RATE LIMITED 1 Increase speed Channel Low BY LOW LIMIT 2 Verify correct setup constants Limit Exceeded OVER APPLICATION IS low RPM OCCURRING 3 Perform valve calibration 4 Increase target rate 211 All Rows Failed 1 Seed meter drive 1 Check seeding drive s malfunction 2 Assign rows to channels 2 Rows are not assigned to channel and channels are turned off 212 Row Failure SEED RATE HAS FALLEN 1 Verify proper planter BELOW THE MIN ROW FAIL operation RATE SETTING ON THE 2 Inspect seed sensor for dirt or ALARMS SETUP SCREEN damage Replace if necessary 1 Seed meter malfunction 3 Inspect planter harness for 2 Dirty or defective seed damage Repair or replace sensor 4 Inspect harness and module 3 Damaged planter for damage Replace if harness necessary 4 Defective module 5 Fill with seed AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 459 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 213 High SEED RATE HAS EXCEEDED 1 Verify proper planter Population THE HIGH POPULATION operations setup Limit Exceeded ALARM SETTING ON THE 2 Inspect seed sensor for ALARMS SETUP SCREEN damage Replace if necessary 1 Seed meter malfunction 3 Inspect module for damage or incorrect setup Replace if necessary 2 Defecti
20. AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 375 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Item Description Auto Control Channel calculates application rates under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not Feedback operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not Feedback operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 392 The Precharge feature is typically used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or chang
21. Description For years farmers have been improving their crop yields by using systems to level their fields for uniform drainage The consistent water flow over the crops improves crop yields and crop consistency which improves profits The FieldLevel system is designed in two parts The FieldLevel Survey Design plugin enables you to use a high accuracy GPS receiver on the leveling implement to create a topographic survey of the layout of your field The three dimensional data shows the surface topography of the land Note Ifyou are working in a field that has already been leveled you may not need to perform a survey and you can jump straight to leveling with the FieldLevel II system When you have completed the survey you can use it to design the optimum drainage slope that can be graded with minimal dirt movement When you have created a survey of the field and a design for how to modify it you can use the FieldLevel II plugin to control a land leveling implement on your vehicle and adjust the land to an optimal slope The FieldLevel II system uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the implement blade to measure and control its elevation The FieldLevel II design defines the three dimensional height for the field and controls how the implement reshapes the ground The FieldLevel II system automatically raises and lowers the blade on the implement to match the design height anywhere in the field The color cut fill map simp
22. Implement steering Vehicle steering cannot be engaged can be engaged Figure 11 5 Two status indicators on the Engage button 258 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Configuring the Engage button The Engage button can be configured to work in two different ways Item Description Single press The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages automated steering Two stage press The Engage button requires two taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages automated steering To configure how the Engage button works see Step 3 Configuring the implement controller page 231 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 259 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 260 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 12 The EZ Boom Plugin In this chapter AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system m EZ Boom tab m Additional information about the EZ Boom system EZ Boom system implement diagnostics Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide This chapter describes how to configure the EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system to work with the AgGPS FieldManager display to provi
23. Since there is no Autopilot system to control steering you must steer the vehicle manually while you watch the virtual lightbar for guidance AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 171 8 The Manual Guidance Plugin 172 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 9 The Autopilot Plugin In this chapter This chapter describes how to configure and use the Autopilot plugin which mPConfiguripamioe Autoni controls an attached AgGPS Autopilot lugin Pi automated steering system m Introduction to Autopilot calien P You must install the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the m Calibrating the Autopilot FieldLevel plugin plugin There are 2 stages to configuring the m Saving a vehicle profile 5 Ee Autopilot plugin m Configuring the GPS EEVA 1 Configure the vehicle Select the vehicle make and model that the system is installed on 2 Calibrate the Autopilot system for your vehicle Adjust the settings specifically for your vehicle AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 173 9 The Autopilot Plugin Configuring the Autopilot plugin Note This is usually done when the system is professionally installed To configure the system for your vehicle 1 Press the Configuration button to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 3 In the Port list select the port on the Fiel
24. The TrueTracker Plugin 11 The Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 4 Tap Next to continue AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 241 11 The TrueTracker Plugin The second Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 5 Tap Next twice Note Read the onscreen instructions on each page Follow the instructions The system will automatically move the coulter wheels in both directions several times 6 Tap Start The system engages and performs the calibration 242 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the error messages below will appear Message Meaning Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured End Stops steering angle approached the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of centering the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over Error Valve Connectors The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite Could Be Swapped direction to what was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error
25. Vehicle Controller Setup Steering Select tight ae Turning Right Guidance Left 0 meas re T aT View Fault Log steering Command Override 3 View 0 0 deg Warning Item Section Description 1 Steering command override This is used to bypass the normal steering command to the wheels With this feature you can force a certain angle of turn and make sure that the system responds as expected 2 Steering angle Shows the desired and actual steering angles The desired angle is that which the system is trying to attain and the actual is where the system calculates the wheels are pointing 3 PWM status Shows the current PWM signals being sent to the electro hydraulic valve This is an indication of whether the system is attempting to turn left or right 4 Engage button Engages Disengages the system and shows current engage status AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 603 22 Troubleshooting Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen Vehicle Controller Setup Details 6 Steering Ang Raw Z 7 Scaled 8 Item Name Description 1 Gear Lever 2 Wheel Speed 3 Manual Override 4 Accelerometers 5 Vehicle voltage 6 Gyroscopes 7 Steering Angle sensor 8 Remote Engage The raw voltage and current vehicle direction of the gear lever sensor The raw voltage and scaled meters per second of the wheel speed sensor The raw voltage and current state of the manual override senso
26. 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 370 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Material Setup screen appears 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen Potash 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the type of material to Granular Fertilizer The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type y Note It is important that you select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 371 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Application Rates The Application Rate Setup screen appears Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric kg ha Kilograms of fertilizer per hectare kg l density Kilograms of fertilizer per liter US Imperial Ib a Pounds of fertilizer per acre Ib ft 3 density Pounds of fertilizer per cubic foot 7 Enter the following values Item Description Minimum Rate The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Maximum Rate The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select 372 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control P
27. 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels 4 Channel Setup Unknown Controller Channel 1 Disabled Channal 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled Channel 4 Disabled BECIA UTIN 2 The Channel Setup screen appears Channel Setup D Channel 1 Disabled Material D Channel 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled D Channel 4 Disabled D Monitor Disabled Siniiesicisrh Proelics Caid 364 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 If you do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors it is possible to run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 452 3 Select a channel to configure from the list on the left The materials that you have set up are available in the Material list 4 Select one of the materials from the list Channel 1 Mustard Seed Mustard Seed p a Za Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 5 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Item Description Auto The Control Channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not Feedback operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the C
28. 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The air seeder product channel tab overview mode The Multi Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on an air seeder at once enabling you to distribute seed while spreading granular fertilizer spraying liquid and or applying anhydrous ammonia The air seeder tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Figure 14 4 The air seeder product channel tab 428 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow button next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Description wu AeA WN e Channel name e Current application rate e Channel flow rate e Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 368 Precharge button This button changes to the Flush button when you turn on the master switch See page 422 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 360 Note This button is only available if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the ove
29. 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin 7 Tap C The C point begins averaging The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears This screen contains the four settings that define the plane See Defining a plane page 516 8 Tap OK 530 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Defining a plane from two points L 2 Select the FieldLevel tab Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the plane Tap A The A point begins averaging On the FieldLevel tab the A button changes to the B button and the Done button becomes accessible Drive the vehicle to the location of the second point on the plane Tap B The B point begins averaging AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 531 16 The FieldLevel Il Plugin 6 Tap Done The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears Plane Leveling Setup Heading 0 00 Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 A 404 10 3 7 Tap the Cross Slope field and then enter the cross slope 8 Tap OK Defining a plane from one point 1 Select the FieldLevel tab 2 Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the A plane 3 Tap A The A point begins Edit Bench averaging o o awo Coarse 532 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 On the FieldLevel tab the Done button becomes accessible 4 Tap Done The Plane Leveling Setup sc
30. 366 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 7 Tap Configuration The Channel Configuration screen appears a 8 Configure the appropriate settings Item Description Drive Type Select the granular seeder drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly e Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 Gear Ratio The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the seed meter AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 367 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Item Description Number of Rows The specific number of seed rows for the channel Channel 1 will always be assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel 9 Tap OK
31. 450 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin To calculate the density L 2 Read the nurse tank pressure gauge Round the pressure down to the nearest pressure in the following table 14 Nurse tank Nurse tank Pounds per cubic Pounds per cubic temperature F pressure PSI foot NH3 foot Nitrogen 28 0 42 5 35 0 8 10 41 7 34 3 6 20 41 1 33 8 16 30 40 6 33 4 26 40 40 2 33 1 34 50 39 8 32 8 42 60 39 4 32 4 50 75 39 0 32 1 58 90 38 6 31 8 68 110 38 1 31 4 77 130 37 7 31 0 86 155 37 2 30 6 96 185 36 6 30 2 105 215 36 1 29 7 115 250 35 6 29 3 For example if the nurse tank pressure gauge reads 49 psi use the 40 psi listing in the table If the tank pressure gauge is inoperative you can use the tank temperature to determine the approximate density values Enter the appropriate density AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 451 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Running the system in Monitor only mode To receive rate information the system must have the appropriate sensors such as population sensors If the system has block sensors which do not report rate they only report blockages the display will be unable to determine the current rate or calculate whether the rate needs to increase or decrease However it is still possible to run the system without rate information in Monitor only mode In Monitor only mode all other channe
32. Bench Auto Coarse Edit the design slope Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 476 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Raise the blade by the Blade Step amount Lower the blade by the Blade Step amount Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill When the Coarse button is selected pressing the or button will move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount 526 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin Defining a plane A plane is define by four basic measurements 16 Description Example 1 An initial point A Point A is the hinge point for the main slope When the main slope is changed in the Plane Leveling Setup screen the plane will pivot about point A 2 The heading or direction of the main slope 3 Main slope in percent 4 The cross slope of the plane in percent The cross slope plane rotates about the main slope defined by A A point Heading e Main slope Cross slope oe Note The design will always rotate about the A point and the main slope as described However ifyou create a benchmark after the design has been defined the design plane will go through the benchmark height which can change the height of A The slopes remain the same AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 527 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin
33. E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook amp Local Disk C 3 DVD RW Drive D E SanDisk ImageMate E E Agcps AB Lines Autopilot Data E Smith Farms S B Meadowbrook E South Field Planting Spraying E Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 3 Farm directory and file organization AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 569 21 Data Management Field directory Each Field directory stores the following e A subdirectory for each event performed on the field See Event directory page 572 e Three Swaths files e Ifitis a bounded headland field three Boundary files See Field boundary and AB Line files page 573 e Anempty file whose name represents the coordinates of the field boundary file for example 172 000E43 000S12H pos locates the boundary at latitude 172 000 East longitude 43 000 South and altitude 12 m high e Any recorded features files See Features files page 577 e Any paused files See Pausing guidance page 159 e The field event history file EventHistory dbf It contains information about each event carried out in the field See EventHistory file page 576 570 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Figure 21 4 shows a Field directory and file organization RF E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field File Edit
34. Obstacles in the field can cause collisions which may injure you and damage the vehicle If an obstacle in the field makes it unsafe to continue a particular phase of the Automated Deadzone calibration stop the vehicle to abort the phase and turn the steering wheel to disengage the system Reposition the vehicle and continue from the current test phase CAUTION The wheels can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the AgGPS Autopilot system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury to occupants of the vehicle Be prepared for sudden wheel movements CAUTION The vehicle will need to move during the Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees calibration procedure To avoid injury be prepared for vehicle movement AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 7 Safety CAUTION The Steering Center Bias test requires the vehicle to be in motion To avoid collisions causing injury to you or damage to the vehicle ensure that the vehicle is in an area that is free of obstacles CAUTION If you use the same farm field or event names on more than one display unit you could accidentally overwrite existing files when you copy data to the office computer To prevent this create a separate directory for each unit For example C AgGPSFMD_SN123456 C AgGPSFMD_SN123457 C AgGPSFMD_SN123458 CAUTION When you select a shap
35. Off For Flush mode to work the vehicle must not be moving However the system will flush solution as if the vehicle is traveling at this speed e Ground Speed Sensor 1 332 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Configuring an external switch A master switch is a switch installed in the vehicle cab that enables you to turn the implement on or off A master switch is required for all applications To calibrate it 1 Onthe Other Sensor Setup screen select Master Switch from the Sensors list 2 From the Switch Status list select Installed 3 Set the Timeout value in seconds When the vehicle ground speed drops to 0 and the master switch remains on the system waits for this length of time and then stops operation You must turn the Master switch off and on again to restart operation The optional implement lift switch provides On Off control based on implement position To enable it 1 Select Implement Lift Switch from the Sensors list 2 From the Switch Status list select Enabled 3 Tap OK and then OK again Continuing the configuration The rest of the configuration process differs depending on the type of implement that the plugin will control To configure a See planter seed Configuring a planter page 334 liquid flow Configuring liquid flow page 346 drill or air seeder Configuring granular seed page 358 granular seed granular fertilizer
36. The Channel Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Product Level The Channel Product Level screen appears On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so you can quickly adjust the drill seeder volume in the field Note You can only set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 Tap the Capacity text box and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder holds when full 368 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 12 Tap the Reset Level text box and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 13 Tap the Partial Refill text box and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the drill seeder if you do a partial refill 14 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 15 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary When you have assigned the materials to channels see Combining channels page 389 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 369 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring granular fertilizer Entering materials At this stage of the setup enter the materials that the planter or spreader will be applying This may include different types of fertilizer or other granular materials
37. The Configuration screen appears 3 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 4 Tap Timezone The Setup Time screen appears 5 Tap Sync to GPS 6 Ifthe time is not correct tap the or button to change the time by 1 hour increments Note The Sync to GPS button is only available after ZDA packets from the GPS receiver are received This can take several minutes Ensure that your GPS device has ZDA NMEA messages enabled 94 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Configuring the status text items The status text items are segments of information that appear on the Run screen The information appears in three different locations Upper left status text item Upper right status text item Slide out tab e Intwo places at the top of the screen e Onaslide out tab at the left of the screen The slide out tab overlies the main screen but is transparent so you can still see guidance underneath it To extend the slide out tab tap the end of the tab on the left of the screen The slide out tabs automatically slide back in when the specified timeout value is reached To close the tab before then tap the tab AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 95 5 The System Plugin The status text items are ordered by plugin If a plugin is removed the status text items associated with it are no longer available The available items are C
38. The default Aggressiveness setting is 100 For a description of the Autopilot Engage button see Engage button page 137 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 217 9 The Autopilot Plugin 218 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin In this chapter You must install either the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin When you do so the FieldManager system automatically m AgGPS Autoseed fast adds a GPS Receiver plugin that controls res eee the connected GPS receiver m Configuring the GPS receiver m Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software In addition the system may have another GPS receiver For example the AgGPS TrueTracker system uses a second receiver that is configured with a separate GPS Receiver plugin This chapter covers the configuration of 4 versions of the GPS receiver plugin m Enabling NMEA message output AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 219 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin Configuring the GPS receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears Note The Receiver Type list and the Port list only appear for the Manual Guidance or FieldLevel plugin receivers If you are configuring the Autopilot or TrueTracker plugin receivers skip to Step 4 2 Inthe Receiver Type list select the type of messages that the GPS receiver
39. This can be useful for installing tile and field drainage e Leveling laser you define a plane and then level the field to that plane using lasers for accuracy measurements e Contour you level around a contour The system indicates whether to drive up or down to maintain your current level This is designed for creating contours for planting e Leveling GPS you define a plane and then level the field to that plane using GPS for accuracy measurements 488 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Terminology The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 The FieldLevel II system uses the following terms Blade A A cuveil A A Offset Blade Height A Target Height Design Height Item Description Blade Height The current altitude height of the blade Design Height Offset Target Height The height at the current location determined by the original design plane The difference between Design Height and Target Height Using the offset buttons creates a plane that is parallel to the original design The height on the target plane that the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the height indicator arrow turns green Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is displayed the current ground is above the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points down which means that th
40. To configure the plugin 1 Select the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then tap Setup The Survey Setup screen appears 2 To enable relative positions tap Enabled By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark Setting the relative positions establishes the coordinates of the master benchmark when it is set There coordinates are then used for field leveling and topographic mapping every time the field is opened You can set the relative position using these values the X axis coordinate Relative X the Y axis coordinate Relative Y the height Height Offset 472 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 3 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Tap each of the text boxes and then enter the appropriate offset X Tip To display relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab 4 Select the survey point density When you create a survey of a field this setting determines the distance between the collected survey mapping points The approximate distances between points are Item Distance Coarse 7 8 m 25 ft Medium 3 m 10 ft Fine 1 5 m 5 ft Select whether or not the system will force you to rebench each time that you reload the field If you configure the Force Rebench setting to No the RTK base station must be placed in exactly the same position in order for the field to be correct AgGPS FieldManager Display
41. e Delete any unused clients farms fields or events on the CompactFlash card 584 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Deleting all of the data from the internal memory CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Data Management screen tap Clear Internal Data Card 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK A dialog appears with the message Are you sure you want to clear all fields from the internal card 3 Tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 585 21 Data Management Deleting data from the CompactFlash card CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Data Management screen tap Clear External Data Card 2 Ifnecessary enter the password The Delete Data Card screen appears Note Ifyou want to exit without deleting anything tap OK 3 From the drop down lists select the data that you want to delete To delete only the Event data such as coverage and track logging and keep all AB Lines and features select the client farm field and event from the drop down list and then tap the Delete button beside the Event drop down box 586 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 To delete an entire Client Farm or Field select the required client farm or field from the drop d
42. harness or module for damage Replace if 4 Hopper empty necessary 4 Fill hopper 226 RPM Sensor SENSED RPM EXCEEDS THE 1 Verify proper implement High Limit HIGH ALARM SETTING ON operation setup Exceeded THE OTHER SENSOR SETUP 2 Inspect RPM sensor for SCREEN damage Replace if necessary 1 Implement malfunction 3 Inspect module for damage or incorrect setup 2 Defective RPM sensor 3 Defective module Replace if necessary AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 463 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 227 RPM Sensor SENSED RPM BELOW THE 1 Verify proper implement Low Limit LOW ALARM SETTING ON operation setup Exceeded THE OTHER SENSOR SETUP 2 Inspect RPM sensor for SCREEN damage Replace if necessary 1 Implement malfunction 3 Inspect module for damage or incorrect setup Replace if necessary 2 Defective RPM sensor 3 Defective module harness or module 228 Hopper Sensor NUMBER OF HOPPER 1 Inspect hopper sensor for Detection SENSORS CONNECTED damage or replace DOES NOT AGREE WITH 2 Inspect module and or THE NUMBER OF SENSORS module harness for damage CONFIGURED ON THE Replace if necessary MULTI APPLICATION 3 Verify correct hopper setting CONTROL SETUP SCREEN foreach module 1 Defective hopper sensor 2 Defective module or damaged module harness 3 Additional hopper sensors detected 229 Hopper Sensors HOPPER SENSORS ARE 1 Verify hopper se
43. prescriptions to the AgGPS Prescriptions directory on the card to send rates to a variable rate controller 564 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Directories on the CompactFlash card Table 21 1 lists the names and types of files containing mapping and logging information and the directory where the AgGPS FieldManager display saves these files on the CompactFlash card Table 21 1 Output files Data Description Files Directory Field AB Line Boundary and or Swaths shp Field AB Lines Swaths dbf For more information polylines Swaths shx see Field directory Field Polygon Boundary shp a i boundary Boundary dbf Boundary shx Event history Event EventHistory dbf information Point features Attribute ID and PointFeature shp latitude PointFeature dbf longitude and PointFeature shx height Line features Line with LineFeature shp attribute ID LineFeature dbf LineFeature shx Area features Area polygons AreaFeature shp with attribute ID AreaFeature dbf AreaFeature shx Coverage Series of Coverage shp Event polygons Coverage dbf For more information Coverage shx see Event directory Track Series of 3D Track3D_ lt date time gt shp a Sig points with Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf attributes Track3D_ lt date time gt shx Summary HTML lt eventname gt _Summary txt AgGPS Summaries lt Clie nt_Farm_Field_Event gt For more information see Event directory page 572 AgGPS FieldManager Display User G
44. shp lt field name gt shx lt field name gt dbf Start the AgGPS FieldManager display and then select the Run button Do one of the following Open an existing field Start a new field Press Swaths Press Import The mport Swaths screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 579 21 Data Management 7 Select the field or AB Line to import from the list of available swaths and then tap OK The field or AB Line is imported AB Line 2 Straight Current Note If the AB Line file contains more than one AB Line all AB Lines in the file are imported 8 Select the AB Line that you want to use from the list and then tap Load A warning message appears 9 Tap OK The imported field or AB Line is ready to use For best results close the field and then reopen it The Prescriptions directory For each prescription you generate the AgGPS Prescriptions directory stores three prescription files in ESRI shapefile format or a single gdx file 580 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 The shapefiles required are the dbf shp and shx files Some GIS software packages generate other files and include different contents in the files if they are on the CompactFlash card they are ignored Table 21 6 lists the names and types of files that are used to supply input information to the AgGPS FieldManager display and the directory where these files must be located on the ca
45. the overview 412 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current planting rate will appear as Off See Figure 14 8 To return to the overview press Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the TargetRate 220 planter to plant at To manually increase the target rate press To manually decrease the target rate press The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 372 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you have created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button will be available El Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate will appear between the and buttons Filling the planter disks before driving Pre prime button The planter has disks that rotate and drop seeds one at a time When the vehicle is moving the seeds in the disk are continually replenished However when you begin driving the disks will be empty To avoid this before you begin moving press the Fill Disk button It rotates the disks through one revolution to ensure that they are pre loaded with seed before you begin AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 413
46. the vehicle where the feature will be created Fora Point feature select the setting from the Mapping Location for Point Features drop down box Fora Line or Area feature select the setting from the Mapping Location for Line Area Features drop down box 4 Select one of the four feature buttons to assign a feature to The Select Feature screen appears 5 Doone of the following To assign an existing feature to the button select a feature from one of the lists and then tap OK The Select Active Feature screen reappears with the feature you selected assigned to the feature button 126 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 To create a new feature and assign it to the button tap the New button under the appropriate list The Edit Feature screen appears This screen differs depending on which type of feature you selected Creating a point feature 1 Enter values for the four settings below Item Description Name The name of the feature For example Tree Alarm Radius When the vehicle comes within this radius of the feature the alarm appears The Alarm Radius appears on the screen as a solid red block of color The alarm radius is more serious than the warning radius so it should be set to a shorter distance Warning Radius The distance around the feature that causes a warning message to appear The warning radius appears on the screen as an orange line Average Positi
47. 2 00 6 Set the lead time See below 7 Inthe When off prescription use list select the target rate for when you are outside the area that is covered by the prescription file See Last default or zero rate page 283 8 Tap OK to load the prescription file A prescription only works when the EZ Boom Rate switch is in the Rate 1 position When the switch is in the Rate 1 position the Increment Decrement switch is disabled If the Rate switch is in the Rate 2 position the prescription is disabled but the Increment Decrement switch does work Controller lead time Lead time is the average time required by the controller before it can react to a requested rate change This value can be defined in the Select Prescription screen For example a value of 5 0 means that on average it takes the controller around five seconds to change from one rate to a new rate The lead time value is used by the AgGPS FieldManager display to project the position of the vehicle into the future The direction and speed of the vehicle are combined with the lead time to project a future position The target rate at this projected position is sent to the variable rate controller giving the controller time to reach the desired rate at approximately the same time that the vehicle arrives at the projected position It is important that you choose an appropriate lead time This depends on the controller type and configuration the type of materials being
48. 312 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Configuring the plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the Multi Application Control plugin and then tap Setup The 4 Channel Setup screen appears The first time that you configure the plugin the channels will not be set 2 Configure each of the sections as described below Saving a configuration file You can save your configuration to a file To do so tap Backup Config AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 313 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Reloading a configuration file When you reload a configuration it replaces all of the Multi Application Control plugin settings To return to your previous settings you must write down the settings on each of these pages before you proceed and then re enter them later Calibration settings are not saved When you reload a configuration you must write down the calibration parameters or repeat the calibration sequences Configuring the modules The implement is controlled by a master module that is usually mounted on the implement The master module comes in 5 different configurations depending on the required application e Planter drill e Air seeder e Sprayer e Spreader e Anhydrous ammonia The master module stores all of the system settings and can control the following Master module type Supports Planter Up to 16 seed sensors system can suppor
49. 76 adding items to tab 508 Administration password 84 advanced configuration 549 advanced diagnostics 594 AgGPS Autopilot harness 34 AgGPS directory 567 Aggressiveness 217 AgRemote 223 air pressure sensors 59 air seeder accumulator 434 adjusting target rate 430 channel 428 components 305 description 306 implement lift switch 427 master switch 425 operating 424 Precharge button 430 row details 432 row information tab 432 turning on 425 Alarm Delay 327 332 alarms granular seed 362 liquid flow 350 planter 338 variable rate controller 301 anhydrous adjusting target rate 450 Application Rates 382 Capacity 388 channel tab 448 Channel Width 387 channels 384 components 305 description 308 Drive Frequency 387 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 611 Index Drive Type 387 B implement lift switch 445 Increment Decrement 382 Backup Source 331 Input Filter 387 basic setting Autopilot 177 K Factor 387 benchmark 476 materials 380 creating 477 Max Flow Rate 387 master 477 Maximum Rate 382 simple 477 Measure Unit 387 benefits of Multi Application 310 Minimum Rate 382 benefits of the system 471 operating 444 blade height 489 Partial Refill 388 indicators 505 Product Level 388 BOM modules 320 Reset Level 388 boom sections varying active 283 Tank Pressure button 450 Border button 480 Target Rate 383 boundary importing 578 boxes switch 65 311 turningon 445 BSM modules 65 311 valve calibrati
50. AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 5 The System Plugin In this chapter Accessing the configuration settings Calibrating the touch screen m Configuring the display m Using settings files The System plugin controls the basic settings and appearance of the display This chapter describes how to use the plugin to configure the display Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then press the Home button When the display asks if you would like to close the field tap Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 83 5 The System Plugin Accessing the configuration settings e Press the Configuration button to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears nm System Password access Any Setup or Calibrate button marked with a padlock icon E is protected by 2 passwords Password type Description Administration password Your password The default is 2005 Master password A backup password in case you lose the Administration password If you require the Master password contact your local reseller The password screen appears the first time that you tap a Setup or Calibrate button after you turn on the display Use the virtual keyboard to enter the Administration password and then tap OK Note Passwords are case sensitive 84 AgGPS FieldManager Display User
51. Antenna Height VDOP Level Tap the Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down by the for offset buttons Coarse mode enables you to offset the target height in large increments with a single press such as a 0 2 fill Tap the Coarse Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down in Coarse mode Select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the valve module is connected to Tap the Valve Module field and then select the type of valve that is connected Tap the Allowable Cut Fill Range field and then enter the acceptable warning distance When Auto mode is engaged and the blade is outside this range for more than 3 seconds this warning appears Tap the On grade Limit field and then enter the limit This sets the distance the blade can move before the green blade height indicators change to thin red arrows At twice this distance the height indicators become thick red arrows See Blade position indicators page 505 Tap the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna above the lower edge of the blade VDOP or Vertical Dilution of Precision is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears A VDOP of below 3 is recommended By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master
52. Coverage switching will not create large numbers of short FreeForm sections 150 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Loading a line To load a line that you have previously created in this field 1 From the Run screen tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 To load a straight section From the list on the left of the screen select the appropriate straight section To load a FreeForm curve From the list on the left of the screen select a FreeForm curve The system will load the closest line to you 3 Tap Load The Run screen appears with the line loaded If you try to load a line that is over 100 km 63 miles away the following message appears Your current position is too far from the field to work in it AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 151 7 The Mapping Plugin Adding an access path An access path is a space between your guidance lines They can be useful if there is road or other field feature that breaks the consistent flow of swaths through the middle of your field You can add access paths on a straight or curved pattern not headlands or pivots You specify the location and width of the access path when you create the line 1 From the Swath Management screen tap Access Paths The Access Path Setup screen appears 152 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Enter a value in the Swaths in first group text box
53. Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 20 Upgrading the FieldManager display firmware L Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer Connect the FieldManager display CompactFlash card to your office computer for example via a card reader Unzip the firmware file and then save it to the root directory of the CompactFlash card Insert the CompactFlash card into the card slot on the AgGPS FieldManager display Press the Power button on the rear of the display to turn on the FieldManager display Allow the display to boot up The system automatically detects the firmware file and begins the upgrade process Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware You can use the display to upgrade the firmware in the following components Plugin Item EZ Boom EZ Boom controller Multi Application Control Working Set Master Module WSMT Multi Application Control Tractor ECU To upgrade a component s firmware i Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer Connect the FieldManager display CompactFlash card to your office computer for example via a card reader Copy the firmware upgrade file to the AgGPS Firmware directory on the CompactFlash card AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 557 20 Advanced Configuration 4 Insert the CompactFlash card into the card slot on the AgGPS FieldManager display Press the Power but
54. Display User Guide 215 9 The Autopilot Plugin Saving a vehicle profile When you have completed the Autopilot system configuration and calibration for your vehicle you can save that information for later use This can be useful if you want to try tweaking the settings or you move the display from one vehicle to another 1 Press the Configuration QS button to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 3 In the Vehicle Controller Settings group tap Edit The Edit Vehicle screen appears 4 Tap Save Vehicle to File Your current vehicle profile is saved 216 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Autopilot plugin the GPS Receiver plugin is installed too For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see Chapter 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting Aggressiveness is the measure of how strongly the system makes steering changes A higher Aggressiveness setting will bring the vehicle back online faster but may cause tight oscillations about the line A lower Aggressiveness setting will be slower to bring the vehicle back online but can avoid overshoot To adjust the Aggressiveness setting 1 From the Run screen select the Autopilot tab 2 Use the or button to adjust the setting Note
55. Distance 0 Time 0 Track logging is turned off Distance 1 Time 0 Track logging is recorded by distance m Distance 0 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by time s Distance gt 1 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by whichever setting is higher Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever an event is opened The track file records points at the rate defined in the Mapping screen see above At each point a number of attributes are recorded The data stored in the track attribute file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf is in metric units Table 5 1 lists the information stored for each point in the track logging attribute file 106 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Table 5 1 Track logging file contents Column Field description Units Version Track attribute file version UTC_Date Point creation date YYYYMMDD UTC_Time UTC time hh mmi ss s Local_Time Local time hh mmiss s Logging_On Coverage logging flag 1 o0n O off On or off Auto_Steer Auto Steer flag 1 0n 0 off On or off GPS_ Status GPS status value NMEA 1 2 5 4 Status_Text GPS status description Num_Stats Number of GPS satellites HDOP Horizontal Dilution of Precision a measure of the quality of positions based on satellite geometry Corct_Age DGPS signal correction age seconds Ant_Lat Antenna latitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Ant_Long Antenna longitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Height Mean s
56. Doone of the following To install a plugin from the Inactive Plugins list tap it and then tap Add gt The plugin moves to the Active Plugins list To remove a currently installed plugin from the Active Plugins list tap it and then tap lt Remove The plugin moves to the Inactive Plugins list 3 Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen 76 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 Configuring a plugin Each plugin requires different configuration For a detailed description of how to configure each one see the appropriate chapter later in this manual In general e Each plugin has several setup screens To access the screens tap the plugin and then tap either the Setup Calibrate or Diagnostics button Autopilot f e Most of the plugins add additional features to the main guidance screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 77 4 Overview of Plugins Entering the password to activate a plugin To activate some plugins you must enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local Trimble reseller There are two ways to activate a plugin Option 1 Activating automatically via a text file Note This method of activating the system is quicker than the manual method When you purchase the TrueTracker system the FieldLevel system or a variable rate system your local Trimble reseller provides you with a text file containing a p
57. Drive through the field to define the section line and then cross outside the boundary again The section is defined e Record a section line inside the boundary The ends of the line will extend to meet the boundary For example sections can be useful if you have finished working on the field for the day Define the area that you have completed as a section and when you return to the field you can level the remaining area to a second best fit plane AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 481 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Field design When you have defined your field points the AutoPlane button becomes available To create a design for the field tap the button The AutoPlane screen appears This screen shows field information and enables you to create the design for your field The AutoPlane functionality uses the topographic survey of your field to estimate the field surface elevations Once this has been completed you can establish a design either by manually editing the slopes or by using the display to calculate a best fit plane The best fit calculation optimizes the height and slopes of a design plane to minimize the amount of dirt that has to be moved Once a design has been completed you can specify that either the topographic height map or the cut fill color theme is transferred to the Run screen with the design simply by selecting it before exiting the AutoPlane design screen 482 AgGPS FieldManager Di
58. FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 11 Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 9 1 on page 208 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Figure 9 1 Right offset shown Figure 9 2 Left offset shown AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 205 9 The Autopilot Plugin Calculating the roll offset Flag offset method 1 Remove any implement from the vehicle The vehicle drawbar must be centered Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See 3 Configuring the roll offset correction page 203 Create an AB Line Start a new pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a flag in the ground to mark the vehicle centerline for this pass Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass with the drawbar pin location very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track erro
59. Guide The System Plugin 5 Calibrating the touch screen Calibrate the touch screen so it reads your selections accurately 1 Press the Configuration button The Configuration screen appears 2 Tap the System plugin in the Plugins list The Setup Calibrate and Diagnostics buttons become available 3 Tap Calibrate If you have not entered an Administrator password during this session the Enter Administration Password screen appears See Password access page 84 4 Enter your password and then tap OK A warning message appears Eas ee 5 Read the message and then tap Continue AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 85 5 The System Plugin The Screen Calibration screen appears There is a cross hair in the top left corner 6 Press in the center of the crosshair CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to press the screen The crosshair will appear on another part of the touch screen 7 Repeat Step 6 eight times 86 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 When the calibration sequence finishes a dialog appears Ifyour responses were accurate enough the dialog displays the following message You have successfully calibrated your touch screen Ifyour responses were not accurate enough the dialog displays the following message Your screen calibration failed The di
60. Ifyou are within the circle around an existing benchmark a new mark will not be created Rebenching When you are within the circle around an existing benchmark the following message appears Close to Master Benchmark If you tap either of the Bench buttons when the receiver is within the circular radius of a benchmark the following dialog appears Q E ee cess Tap To Re bench Calibrate the receiver to the existing benchmark Delete To Delete the existing benchmark so you can create a new one Note if you tap Delete you will need to enter the Administrator password before continuing Cancel To Cancel the operation 478 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Re establishing a benchmark If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark a large red circle is shown for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag e This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you are allowed to re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to the master benchmark location that you marked on the ground for example with flags see Creating a benchmark page 477 regardless of where your current onscreen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark This
61. Min Row Fail Rate 339 Minimum Rate 337 Number of Rows 344 operating 407 Partial Refill 344 precharge time 342 Pre prime button 413 Product Level 344 Product Level Alarm 339 Reset Level 344 row details 415 row information tab 415 seed count 404 Seeds per revolution 337 Sensor Constant 343 Target Rate 337 test switch 404 turning channels off 413 turning channels on 413 turning off 408 turning on 408 valve calibration 396 Index Zero Accum button 418 plugin adding 76 Autopilot 173 configuring 77 description 27 EZ Boom 261 GPS Receiver 219 introduction 74 list 74 Manual Guidance 169 Mapping 123 password 78 Productivity Monitoring 545 Remote Output 537 removing 76 Serial Data Input 541 System 83 TrueTracker 225 viewing 75 plugin tabs 135 point feature 127 Point to Slope 488 points in a plane editing 523 534 port configuration serial data input 543 power button 34 Precharge button air seeder 430 Precharge Speed 332 precharge time granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 366 liquid flow 353 planter 342 prescription 279 302 directory 580 manually loading 280 outside area 283 scale factor 282 pressure calibration 275 276 Pressure Filter 330 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 623 Index pressure sensor 326 pressure switch 551 Primary Source 331 product control 310 Product Level anhydrous 388 granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 liquid flow 356 planter 344 Product Level Alarm gra
62. Note When you copy or move files using Microsoft Windows Explorer you must keep all the shapefiles dbf shp and shx together so that office software can open the theme file To ensure that the files stay together always copy the entire directory rather than just the individual files If you have just created a new event in a field and already have the Field directory containing any previous events on the office computer you should still copy the Field directory so that the new EventHistory information is copied across CAUTION If you use the same farm field or event names on more than one display unit you could accidentally overwrite existing files when you copy data to the office computer To prevent this create a separate directory for each unit For example C AgGPSFMD_SN123456 C AgGPSFMD_SN123457 C AgGPSFMD_SN123458 562 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Data formats The AgGPS FieldManager display uses the Environmental Systems Research Institute ESRI 3D shapefile format for storing the layers of graphical information collected in the field for example spray coverage track logging points and features The three files in a shapefile set are e The lt filename gt dbf file which contains the feature attributes e The lt filename gt shp file which contains position information e The lt filename gt shx file which is an index file that links the position inf
63. PRECHARGE IS ENABLED activate control channels Enabled DURING THIS THE 2 Acknowledge alarm and CONTROL WILL RUN disable Delay or Precharge to WITHOUT GROUND SPEED stop control OR WITHOUT THE IMPLEMENT DOWN 234 Control CONTROL CHANNEL Acknowledge alarm and Channel PRECHARGE TIME HAS increase ground speed Precharge EXPIRED WHILE THE Activation SYSTEM IS STATIONARY Timeout CONTROL CHANNEL HAS STOPPED 1 Ground speed is at zero 2 Ground speed is less than Precharge Speed after Precharge time is expired AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 465 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 235 New Member New member module has Assign sensors to the new Module been found module at the Multi Detected Application Control Setup screen and its position 236 Intermittent A member module that Inspect harness connections to Member had previously failed this module Module communication has come Detected online 237 Product Level Calculated product level Fill product bin and reset level Low has dropped below alarm level 240 Seeding Control Channel turned off Check seed dispensing unit for Detected ona and seed continue to be proper shut off Control Off detected Row 241 Control Not Control will not operate 1 Navigate to the Run screen to Active With while on a setup screen activate the control Implement 2 Raise the implement and stop Lowered and forward spee
64. Population Alarm High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay Min Row Fail Rate Product Level Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a high population This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a low population The rate of failure that is acceptable before the Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors When the product gets down to this level a warning is triggered 13 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material Configuring the channels When you have configured a material you can configure the channels The FieldManager display can control up to 4 channels of different materials at once AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 363
65. SEED 1 Inspect seed sensor for Detection SENSORS CONNECTED damage or replace DOES NOT AGREE WITH 2 Inspect planter harness for THE NUMBER OF SENSORS damage Repair or replace CONFIGURED ON THE 3 Inspect module and or MULTIAPPLICATION module harness for damage CONTROL SETUP SCREEN Replace if necessary 1 Defective seed sensor 4 Verify correct ROWS setting 2 Damaged planter for each module harness 3 Defective module or damaged module harness 4 Additional seed sensor detected 220 Row Sensors ROWS ARE NOT DETECTED 1 Verify seed sensors are Installed SEQUENTIALLY ON A connected sequentially on all Incorrectly MODULE modules as instructed in 1 Incorrect seed row installation connections 2 Inspect seed sensor for 2 Defective seed sensor damage or replace 3 Damaged planter 3 Inspect planter harness for harness damage Repair or replace 4 Defective module or 4 Inspect module and or damaged module module harness for damage harness Replace if necessary 221 Control Internal system software Turn system power Off On If Channel Invalid error condition persists contact State Technical Support 222 Control 1 Implement hydraulic 1 Verify implement hydraulic Channel Setup Height Error system malfunction 2 Defective control valve 3 Incorrect feedback sensor installation 4 Defective feedback sensor 5 Limit Max Output is set too low Recalibrate the valve system operation 2 Inspect control val
66. The Multi Application Control Plugin 7 Toleave the Ground Speed Calibration screen tap OK If you have not saved the sensor constant that you calculated it will not be used Flow meter constant The flow meter constant is derived by finding the number of pulses of the flow meter that occur for a known quantity of liquid This ratio of pulses to volume is called the K Factor To calibrate the sensor 1 Put the vehicle transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 2 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature 3 From Multi Application Control Calibration screen select Liquid Flow Calibration 394 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Liquid Flow Calibration screen appears 4 Adjust the Target Ground Speed or the Target Flow Rate The Target Ground Speed is the vehicle speed that the system will simulate The Target Flow Rate is the simulated application rate The Target Ground Speed and Target Flow Rate are linked If you adjust one the other adjusts as well This is to is because the faster the vehicle is traveling the higher the flow rate must be to obtain the same level of application AN WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or
67. The access path will appear after this number of swaths including the master line Enter a value in the ABs place in the first group left to right text box This setting enables you to specify where the master line appears in the first group from left to right Enter a value in the Swaths in remaining group text box This value must be equal to or higher than the Swaths in first group setting The next access path will appear this number of swaths beyond the first access path and will continue to repeat after this number of swaths Note You must fill in both of these fields Enter a value in the Path width text box This is the width of the access paths Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 153 7 The Mapping Plugin Swath management Several options are available on the Swath Management screen You can delete swaths rename swaths or shift them to the left or right To access these features select the E Swaths tab You cannot delete rename Swans or shift line features or FreeForm curves 154 Deleting a swath To be able to delete swaths you need to have entered the Administration password L From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears From the list on the left select the swath to delete Tap Delete If prompted enter the password The swath is marked as deleted The next time that you close the field the swath will be removed from the list N
68. You can only set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 344 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 10 Tap the Capacity text box and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter holds when full 11 Tap the Reset Level text box and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 12 Tap the Partial Refill text box and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that you will add to the planter if you do a partial refill 13 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 14 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary When you have assigned the materials to channels see Combining channels page 389 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 345 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring liquid flow Entering materials At this stage of the setup enter the solution material that the implement or sprayer will distribute 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 346 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Material Setup screen appears 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in
69. a roll calibration with less accurate GPS correction modes repeat the measurements at least four times to ensure a more consistent result 1 Remove any implement from the vehicle 2 Drive the tractor to a relatively flat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the roll offset value to 0 zero 4 Create an AB Line Create a clean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the AgGPS Autopilot system to complete the pass 6 At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction 7 Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass 8 Inthe middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 203 9 The Autopilot Plugin 9 Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the tire track pattern between the first and return paths 10 Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 9 1 on page 208 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right 204 AgGPS
70. a solid surface that will not be disturbed while you perform field leveling e Move the design up or down to match the field surface at that point 476 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 A benchmark is shown on the screen as follows View Shown as Plan A black circle Perspective A black flag in a red circle Figure 15 2 A benchmark in the Perspective main view The first benchmark you create on a field is called the master benchmark Field coordinates are calculated from this point Subsequent benchmarks are called benchmarks Note You can choose for coordinates to be recorded with X Y and Height offsets from the master benchmark position See Configuration page 472 Creating a benchmark To create a benchmark 1 Place the GPS antenna in a known repeatable location that will not change throughout the leveling of a field Tip Mark this location with flags or some other marker so you can return to the exact same spot 2 Stop the vehicle AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 477 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 3 Tap Bench on the FieldLevel Survey Design tab Note If the FieldLevel II plugin is installed you can also tap the Bench button on it Both Bench buttons have the same effect A message counts for 30 seconds and then the system creates the benchmark To stop the averaging during the 30 second countdown tap Bench again Note
71. access all features of the software For example if you press the Configuration button Q the Configuration screen appears From here you can configure the whole system AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 33 2 Features and Functions Screen The FieldManager display has a 10 4 touch sensitive screen In the field the easiest way to interact with the system is to tap an item on the display screen CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to press the screen Power button The Power button is on the back of the display and is a simple push button To turn the system on or off push the button in and hold it down for approximately 0 5 seconds Speaker There is a speaker on the back of the display The volume cannot be changed AgGPS Autopilot harness socket There is one 28 pin AMP socket on the back of the display This socket supplies power and data to the display 34 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 AgGPS Autopilot harness The cable that attaches to the system is called the AgGPS Autopilot harness The harness provides the display with power and allows communication between the display and external devices The harness has e 1x4 pin Deutsch CAN connector P3 e 1X 8 pin Deutsch connector P2 switched inputs remote output or an implement switch e 2X 12 pin Deutsch connector P4
72. accident lightning or other electrical discharge fresh or salt water immersion or spray outside of Product specifications or v normal wear and tear on consumable parts e g batteries Trimble does not warrant or guarantee the results obtained hrough the use of the Product or that software components will operate error free THE WARRANTIES ABOVE STATE TRIMBLE S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN THE PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY EITHER TRIMBLE NAVIGATION LIMITED OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN ITS CREATION PRODUCTION INSTALLATION OR DISTRIBUTION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT THE STATED EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF TRIMBLE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCTS OR SOFTWARE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON DURATION OR THE EXCLUSION OF AN IMPLIED WARRANTY THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU NOTICE REGARDING PRODUCTS EQUIPPED WITH TECHNOLOGY CAPABLE OF TRACKING SATELLITE SIGNALS FROM SATELLITE BASED AUGMENTATION SYSTEMS SBAS WAAS EGNOS AND MSAS OMNISTAR GPS MODERNIZED GPS OR GLONASS SATEL
73. arrows At twice this distance the height indicators become thick red arrows See Blade position indicators page 505 Antenna Tap the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna Height above the lower edge of the blade VDOP Level VDOP or Vertical Dilution of Precision is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears A VDOP of below 3 is recommended By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark For field leveling or data collection you can set relative offsets so the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e the X axis e The Y axis e The height X Tip To display relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab To enable relative positions 1 Tap Relative Heights The Relative Height Setup screen appears 2 Tap Enabled 3 Tap each of the offset windows and enter the offset distance as required 4 Tap OK 496 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Configuring laser leveling mode When you set the leveling model to Leveling Laser the FieldLevel II Setup screen changes to show the following items Item Description Blade Step Coarse Blade Step CAN Bus Valve Type Allowable Cut Fill Range On grade Limit
74. button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes to show this Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button 408 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Illustration Status Description Implement switch is Off Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Implement switch is Off Master switch is On The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the planter is not applying seed oMi i AFORA E Implement switch is On Master switch is Off Implement switch is On Master switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not planting seed or logging coverage The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 409 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Implement lift switch not installed For the planter to plant seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button Illustration Status Description Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the sys
75. by customer Trimble does nat offer this harness for sale Plantar Hamaca Figure 3 2 Planter monitoring only system diagram Implement CAN harnessing 62 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS Connect ta Cab Hamess mud DJ46798013X CAN Hitch Extension Harness Standard Dj PM Style Planter Harness DJ467980850 Planter Control Module Harness Order and install DJ467980851 ifusing Seed Manager SE style Hames Optional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 Customize depending on specific planter Connects to Tru Count Clutch system Li WSMB G fpianter DJ467981100S1 sie Output Seed Montar __ Module Each WSMB module module hamess supports up to an additional 18 rows DJ467982000S1 for seed monitoring Add up to8 bd additional WSMB harnesses module Each Tru Count Hamess Planter Output Module will support bundles to support up to 148 rows up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections moe DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS Harness comes in many different variations including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin several models for specific planters Application Rate Sensor amp Flow M
76. can still be sprayed before the tank is empty Current Flow The current flow of the EZ Boom system Pressure The current pressure as reported by the primary pressure sensor Secondary Pressure The current pressure as reported by the secondary pressure sensor Tank Level The current level of the sprayer s tank Target Rate The spraying target rate Total Vol Applied The total volume of solution applied TrueTracker Impl Altitude The current height of the implement 98 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Category Item Description Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl Impl CMR Percent Correction Age Correction Type East Engaged Time GPS Status H Error HDOP Latitude Longitude Network ID North Nudge Trim Offline Dist Satellites Speed Steering Angle The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the implement GPS receiver The age of the corrections used by the implement receiver The correction type used by the implement receiver The distance that the implement is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point The time that the implement has been engaged The status of the GPS correction used for the implement Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision o
77. controller and P5 extension e 1X power connector pin P9 Battery e 1X 28 pin AMP plug 128 MB CompactFlash card The AgGPS FieldManager display comes with a 128 MB CompactFlash memory card Any data that you record is saved on this card See Inserting the CompactFlash card in the socket page 66 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 35 2 Features and Functions System software The AgGPS FieldManager display includes the following features Field definition and mapping Feature mapping Guidance to predefined field patterns Logging of coverage data Variable rate control Boom Row switching Logging of topographic mapping data Output of information for analysis in office based Geographic Information System GIS software Seed Liquid Granular and Anhydrous Ammonia control Seed monitoring Directory hierarchy The AgGPS FieldManager display stores data in a directory hierarchy according to client farm field and event Item Description Client The customer for whom the work is being done Farm A collection of fields see below Field A specific area of land where events are carried out A field can be created on the display to represent an actual field part of an actual field or a group of more than one actual fields Event A precision agriculture application or activity on a particular field see above For example Planting of seed Application of fertilizer or lime Spraying with fun
78. covered ground there will need to be some overlap or some skip Use this slider to select your preference To ensure that there is no coverage double up move the slider fully to the left This will result in some uncovered ground AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 265 12 The EZ Boom Plugin To ensure that the system does not skip any ground move the slider fully to the right This will result in some double up To have an even share of overlap and skip move the slider to the middle Set the Start Overlap value In some cases you may want to begin applying material some distance before you reach uncovered ground to ensure that you cover all of the ground The Start Overlap setting is the distance before uncovered ground that the implement will begin operating A positive value causes overlap and a negative value causes skip Set the End Overlap value In some cases you may want to stop applying some distance after you reach covered ground to ensure that you cover all of the ground The End Overlap setting is the distance after covered ground that the implement will stop applying A positive value causes overlap and a negative value causes skip Configure the rest of the implement settings as described in Chapter 6 Implement Configuration Step 2 Enabling the EZ Boom plugin in the FieldManager display Note If you need to unlock the EZ Boom controller for use see Entering the password to activate a plug
79. death AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 395 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin X Tip The tank must contain liquid Use a container to catch the liquid so you can measure the volume For example put buckets under the spray nozzles Collect all of the liquid output by the channel 5 6 9 10 Tap Start and then turn on the master switch Allow the system to run for a while and then tap Stop The longer that you run the system the more accurate the result will be Calculate the volume of liquid collected and then enter it into the Amount Dispensed window Tap Continue The system calculates the New K Factor value Tap Save The new K Factor is saved Tap OK Control channel valve calibration Planter granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer The control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters Perform this calibration for each control channel that you have set up X Tip The hoppers can be empty for this calibration If they contain material it will fall on the ground 396 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 To calibrate the valve l From the Multi Application Control Calibration screen tap the appropriate Control Valve Calibration entry AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 397 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The Valve Calibration screen appears Note The Limit Output butto
80. ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Safety Cautions A A CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to press the screen CAUTION Avoid turning off the display by holding down the Power button for 10 seconds unless it is absolutely necessary If the display is writing to the Compact Flash card this method of shutdown can corrupt the data on the card If possible use one of the other shutdown methods instead CAUTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card from the slot while the system is writing to the card or you will corrupt data When you open the card socket a prompt appears Select Yes and then remove the card CAUTION
81. example there are 2 FreeForm sections Item Description 1 A straight FreeForm AB Line selected 2 A curved FreeForm section You might want guidance along either line To snap between one section and another tap the Next Path button on the Run screen If the Next Path button is not available tap Back and then Next Path Guidance jumps to the next section To cycle through the available sections keep tapping Next Path Note This will only select a curve if the curve is within the snapping zone AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 149 7 The Mapping Plugin Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage When you select the FreeForm pattern on the Swaths Management screen you can select the Record FreeForm when logging button When this button is selected the system activates FreeForm logging whenever coverage is being logged You can simultaneously turn on or off coverage and FreeForm logging with the Logging button on the Run screen or if you have an external remote logging switch that controls coverage logging the system records FreeForm curves when the remote logging switch is enabled the remote switch turns on coverage which begins FreeForm logging However if an EZ Boom or Multi Application Control system is connected the master switch on the EZ Boom controller or the Multi Application Control harness now controls FreeForm logging and not coverage itself Note
82. file containing a password 1 Insert the CompactFlash card from the AgGPS FieldManager display into a card reader that is attached to an office computer 2 Copy the password text file from the office computer into the AgGPS Firmware folder on the card 490 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 When you next insert the CompactFlash card in the display and turn on the display the system is automatically activated Activating manually via the display 1 Turn on the display The Home screen appears 2 Tap Upgrade The Upload Firmware screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 491 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin 3 Tap Unlock The Advanced Functionality Access screen appears Advanced Functionality Access Variable Rate Controller Locked Implement Steering FieldLevel Il Locked 492 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 4 Tap FieldLevel Il The Enter Password to Activate FieldLevel II screen appears Enter Password to Activate FieldLevel Il CLEAR lt lt 1 2345 67890 abcdielf ghi ik imniopqr stiuvwxylz es oe E ox 5 Enter the activation password that your local Trimble reseller gave to you and then tap OK If you enter a correct password the following message appears Enabled Field leveling is now activated Ifyou enter an invalid password the following message appears Your password is not valid fo
83. filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true RPM value this number should be set to 0 ENABLED All of the control channels will shut down if the RPM value of the selected sensor falls below the Low Alarm value DISABLED Disables the function The control channels will continue to operate normally regardless of the RPM value 328 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 4 Ifaliquid pressure sensor is connected set the following settings Setting Description Range The pressure range that the sensor is capable of Select DISABLED to disable the sensor High Alarm If the liquid pressure sensor detects a pressure that is higher than this a warning appears Low Alarm If the liquid pressure sensor detects a pressure that is lower than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so momentary changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning will not appear until the High Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so momentary changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning will not appear until the Low Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time Liquid Pressure Sensor 1 c AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 329 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin If an air pressure sensor is connected set the following settings
84. ground speed sensor is connected to the CAN bus e Digital Freq A radar digital 3 wire sensor provides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness e Reluct Freq A reluctance 2 wire sensor provides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness e User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting e GPS Speed information is provided by the GPS system Only available when the Primary Source is set to GPS This is the secondary source of ground speed information e CAN ground Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the cab harness or if radar forward ground speed is available on the CAN bus e Digital Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness e Reluct Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a reluctance 2 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness e User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting Only available when the Primary or Backup Source is set to CAN Ground Digital Freq or Reluct Freq The constant required to convert the sensor data to the correct value This is the number of pulses
85. in this screen apply to both GPS receivers 234 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Step 5 Configuring the implement Configure an implement so the system can tell which type of implement is attached how much area it covers howfar it is offset See Chapter 6 Implement Configuration Note When you enter the number of implement sections if the implement does not have sections enter 1 Step 6 Calibrating the implement 1 From the Configuration screen select the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Controller Setup screen appears lt 2 Select an item to configure and then tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 235 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 3 Configure the selected item To configure See page Controller orientation page 236 Steering sensor page 237 Automated steering deadzone page 239 Steering gain page 243 Roll antenna correction page 251 Line acquisition page 255 Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list The Autopilot Controller Orientation screen appears An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller 236 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 The image is shown as though You are looking down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the nose of the vehicle Use the buttons to sel
86. is compatible with the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system For several years the AgGPS Autopilot system has been Trimble s most accurate system for agricultural guidance Now with the FieldManager display that same accuracy can be controlled with a touch screen interface to provide easy precise and reliable steering With the additions to the software in version 5 10 you can use the FieldManager display to perform many new functions including implement guidance or field leveling AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Introduction 1 Using this manual The AgGPS FieldManager display uses segments of product functionality called plugins to add or remove display options This manual contains a description of all the plugins It is unlikely that you will use all of the plugins Item Chapter Recommended reading Chapters 1 through 10 Chapters 20 through 22 Read if relevant Chapters 11 through 19 Related information Sources of related information include the following e Release notes The release notes describe new features of the product information not included in the manuals and any changes to the manuals The release notes are available at www trimble com e Trimble training courses Consider a training course to help you use your GPS system to its fullest potential For more information go to the Trimble website at www trimble com training html AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 27 1 Int
87. is suspended while the controller is disconnected Mid Tech The AgGPS FieldManager display can control all TASC 6X00 series controllers that use the Mid Tech protocol version 4 released in June 1998 If your controller does not support the new protocol contact your local Mid Tech dealer for a firmware upgrade for your controller The minimum software versions required for the various Mid Tech controllers are Controller Minimum software version TASC 6000 series Version 3 20 TASC 6100 series Version 1 20 TASC 6200 series Version 2 60 TASC 6300 series Version 3 20 TASC 6500 series Version 2 60 TASC 6600 series Version 3 20 DataLink version 5 00 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 291 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Configuring the controller To connect the AgGPS FieldManager display to a Mid Tech controller you need a DataLink interface Mid Tech part number 78 05007 This DataLink allows communication with the AgGPS FieldManager display at 19200 baud Note You can upgrade the firmware on data links with Mid Tech PN 406 0069 to enable communication at 19200 baud Check with your Mid Tech dealer to determine if an upgrade is necessary The interface has a switch marked External Enable and Local Control e When the switch is set to External Enable the AgGPS FieldManager display can send and receive rates to and from the controller e When the switch is set to Local Control the AgGPS FieldManager displ
88. lightbar is mounted e Dash mounted on the dash e Ceiling suspended from the ceiling To set the Look ahead time LED spacing or the LED brightness 1 Tap the appropriate number field A dialog appears 2 Enter the value and then tap OK To set the display mode text message or mount select the appropriate value from the drop down list Configuring sounds To enable sounds on the display 1 Press the Configuration button Q to the right of the screen 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password The Configuration screen appears 3 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 92 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 4 Tap Sounds The Sounds Setup screen appears Figure 5 1 Options on the Sounds Setup screen There are two ways that the display can produce sounds FMD through the display s speaker Sonalert through an optional Sonalert alarm 5 To enable a sound select the button next to it 6 Tap OK when done You can enable sound on the display and the sonalert at the same time Configuring the time Note Configuring the Timezone can cause multiple warning messages to appear Do not be concerned by this AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 93 5 The System Plugin To synchronize the display time to the GPS signals 1 Press the Configuration button to the right of the screen 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password
89. list The Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation screen appears 2 Before changing these settings complete the procedures described below 248 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna compensation make sure that the AgGPS TrueTracker system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured the correct GPS corrections are enabled Read this section carefully before you attempt the configuration 1 Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height Above Ground field AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 249 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 2 Setting the antenna distance from the centerline 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the centerline of the implement to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from centerline field and indicate whether it is left or right of the centerline Values to the left of the centerline are displayed as negative numbers The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction 3 Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and
90. operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary 352 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 392 The Precharge feature is typically used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After the master switch is turned on and the implement switch is lowered the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When the implement is raised or the master switch is turned off the system immediately shuts down the channel AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 353 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Configuration The Channel Configuration screen appears
91. or up to 4 PWM valves for a total of 4 valves controlled at once 350 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels 4 Channel Setup Unknown Cantroller Channel 1 Disabled Channel 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled Channel 4 Disabled The Channel Setup screen appears Channel Setup D Channe Disabled Channel 2 Disabled D Channel 3 Disabled D Channel 4 Disabled Sani icicar AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 351 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 2 Select a channel to configure from the list on the left The materials that you have set up are available in the Material list 3 Select one of the materials from the list y Channel 1 Insecticide y Insecticide b ae SS Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Item Description Auto Control Channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not Feedback operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not Feedback
92. possible to run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 452 2 Select a channel to configure from the list on the left The materials that you have set up are available in the Material list 3 Select one of the materials from the list Channel Setup 3 Channel 1 Potato Seed Material 3 Potato Seed g Control Mode Auto Channel 3 Disabled Channel 4 Disabled Precharge Delay 0 00s Channel 2 Disabled AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 341 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Note The material being controlled must reflect the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Item Description Auto The control channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts them according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating Feedback correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating Feedback correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time th
93. press the Rate adjustment inc dec switch The capacity of the tank when full A warning appears when the calculated solution level reaches this point The amount of solution that is currently in the tank Note To do a partial refill just add the amount to the Current Volume Pushes solution through the system at the maximum rate The tank will flush until either empty or stopped by the user This resets the Current Volume value to the Tank Capacity value 268 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Step 4 Calibrating the valve L From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplement Calibration screen appears Tap Valve Calibration The EZ Boom Valve Calibration screen appears Select the valve type from the drop down list Inline Servo Bypass Servo Pump PWM Pump Servo Pump PWM Ground HARDI None AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 269 12 The EZ Boom Plugin Note If you have an existing Raven bypass servo system it may be wired so the valve open and close commands are reversed The EZ Boom controller reverses the commands in the software Either select Inline Servo or rewire the valve Some systems have a short crossover cable which can be removed to correct the issue 4 Ifyou selected Inline Bypass or Pump Servo enter values in the three text boxes in the Servo group Item Description Response 1 Res
94. replace 605 Solenoid SOLENOID VOLTAGE IS 1 Inspect CAN module harness Voltage Out of BELOW 11V OR HIGHER of the identified module for Range THAN 16V damage Repair or replace 1 Damaged CAN or harness module harness 2 Inspect module harness fuse 2 Blown module harness or replace fuse 3 Inspect identified module for 3 Defective module damage or replace 606 Ground Offset 1 Damaged shorted 1 Inspect Actuator Harness for Voltage Out of Range Actuator Harness 2 Defective PWM valve driver or Servo valve driver 3 Defective module AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide damage around the PWM and Servo valve connections Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect PWM or Servo valve drivers for damage and replace if necessary 3 Inspect identified module for damage and replace if necessary 467 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 468 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin In this chapter The FieldManager display has two FieldLevel plugins m Introduction to field leveling e FieldLevel Survey Design Installation e FieldLevel II Configuration This chapter describes what each of them does and then describes in detail how to configure and use the FieldLevel Field design Survey Design plugin to create and manipulate field surveys Operation AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 469 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Introduction to field leveling
95. review the settings or if you have any guidance lines originally generated with an AgGPS 170 Field Computer see Advanced diagnostics page 594 You can also use the System Diagnostics screen to view raw port data For more information see Viewing raw serial data page 597 110 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 6 Implement Configuration In this chapter Introduction m Selecting an existing implement Em Creating an implement Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer m Adjust the implement settings m Deleting an implement This chapter describes how to configure a vehicle implement See also Chapter 20 Advanced Configuration Configure an implement so the system can tell which type of implement is attached how much area it covers how far offset it is Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then press the Home button When the display asks if you would like to close the field tap Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 111 6 Implement Configuration Introduction To obtain an implement do one of the following e Create a new implement see below e Select an existing implement see page 114 Import an implement that was created for the AgGPS 170 Field Computer see page 115 When you have selected an implement adjust its settings See page 116
96. sections are closed 4 Enter values in the four text boxes Item Description Flow Control Delay s Min Flow gpm Allowable Error Flowmeter Calibration How long it takes the system to change rates The lowest flow rate that the system will allow If this point is reached a warning message will appear and the flow control valve will not close any further The level of allowable Rate 1 or Rate 2 error before the control valve adjusts For a Raven flowmeter enter the number printed on the flowmeter For other makes of flowmeter multiply the number printed on the flowmeter by 10 and then enter it for example if the number on the flowmeter is 75 pulses gallon enter 750 If you are unsatisfied with the performance using the number printed on the flowmeter run the flowmeter calibration process 272 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 To run the flowmeter calibration 1 Tap Recalibrate The Flow Calibration Setup screen appears jean E E ma 2 Set the Target Rate field to your normal operating rate 3 Set the Speed field to your normal operating speed 4 Inthe Total Nozzles field enter the total number of nozzles on your spray boom Do not include any fence nozzles in the nozzle count Fence nozzles are nozzles at the far left or right of the boom that point out to the side 5 Tap Next The Flow Calibration Test screen appears
97. system also applies to non Trimble variable rate controllers See Additional information about the EZ Boom system page 279 302 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin In this chapter Introduction Introduction to flow and application functionality Definition of terms Benefits of the system Installation all implements Configuration All models Configuring the plugin Configuring a planter Configuring liquid flow Configuring granular seed Configuring granular fertilizer Configuring anhydrous Combining channels Calibrating sensors Operating a planter or drill Operating a sprayer liquid flow Operating an air seeder granular seed Operating a spreader granular fertilizer Operating an anhydrous unit Running the system in Monitor only mode Obtaining diagnostics information about the Multi Application Control device Resetting the master module Warning messages AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 303 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Introduction When the Multi Application Control plugin is installed the FieldManager display can control application devices such as a planter sprayer drill air seeder spreader or anhydrous ammonia applicator This chapter explains how to configure and use the Multi Application Control plugin The configuration and operation differs depending on which implement type you are usi
98. the amount by which the Nudge buttons move the line back to the correct path or by which the Trim buttons move the vehicle position The guidance line can move off target requiring Nudge as a result of GPS position drift when you return to the field for guidance for example after you pause or turn off the system GPS satellite constellation changes as you drive in the field The vehicle can steer offline requiring Trim as a result of Uneven drag on a vehicle from an unbalanced implement Uneven drag on a vehicle from soil conditions Note The Nudge buttons become Trim buttons in RTK mode If necessary adjust the distance associated with the End of Row warning Longer vehicles that take longer to turn will need an earlier warning and so a greater distance If necessary adjust the Operator alert time out value The alert appears when the operator has not responded for the defined period of time If the operator still fails to respond the vehicle will begin to drive in a tight loop If necessary adjust the Smoothing Turn Radius value This smoothes out tight turns on curves and headlands Any changes will not be applied until the next field is opened Select the Control coverage logging selection method If you select When Engaged your coverage logging is linked to the Engage button When you engage automated steering coverage logging engages too In the Sensor Options list select the type of turn sensor co
99. the sensor makes over a 400 ft distance To calibrate this see Ground speed constant page 392 Only available when the Primary or Backup Source is set to User Manual The speed at which you wish the control channel to run to if GPS or Radar based speed is not available The control system will simulate the manual speed entered independent of your actual speed Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual The low speed that will cause the system to shut off AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 331 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Setting Description Minimum Override Alarm Delay Precharge Speed Flush Speed Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the vehicle ground speed drops below this level the minimum override takes over and runs the system at this speed until the vehicle ground speed rises above this level or drops below the Shut Off Speed value and stops altogether Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the ground speed drops to 0 but seed flow continues the alarm will trigger after this delay This alarm only triggers when all control channels are disabled and the system is running in a planter monitor only mode Precharging is rotating the planter disk so it is full of seed when you begin planting This setting is the ground speed that the system will use when you perform a precharge while the vehicle is moving 0
100. then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it e Coulter wheel track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method which best matches the conditions 250 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Calculating the roll offset coulter wheel track offset method l gu a Ww NM 10 Drive the tractor to a relatively flat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the roll offset value to 0 zero Start a new field Create a straight AB Line Create a clean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the AgGPS Autopilot and TrueTracker systems to complete the pass At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass In the middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the coulter wheel track pattern between the first and return paths Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Re
101. then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 84 The Display Setup screen appears 90 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 3 Tap Lightbar The Lightbar Settings screen appears Configure the following settings 5 Setting Affects Default This setting determines setting Look ahead EZ Guide Plus 0 seconds the distance ahead of the vehicle that the time lightbar lightbar will use for LED guidance and offline distance LED spacing Virtual 3 cm per the distance represented by each LED on lightbar and LED 1 per the lightbar EZ Guide Plus LED lightbar LED Brightness EZ GuidePlus 5 the brightness of the lightbar LEDs The lightbar setting can be a digit from 1 faintest to 5 brightest AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 91 5 The System Plugin Setting Affects Default This setting determines setting Display Mode Virtual show error how the LEDs respond to offline distances lightbar and chase When Show error is selected the display EZ Guide Plus mode shows the direction that you need to lightbar move in When Show correction is selected the display shows your current distance offline Text message EZ Guide Plus None which text is displayed on the lightbar lightbar while online None Swath Number or Accuracy Mount EZ Guide Plus Dash the direction that the LEDs move based lightbar on which way up the
102. total 16 18 x 8 The member modules pass information back to the master module They can be installed anywhere on the implement Note The air seeder master module does not accept seed sensors all seed sensors must connect via the member modules Therefore air seeder master modules require a total of 9 member modules to reach the 148 row limit AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 315 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin You can do either of the following e Auto Config Automatically configure the components that are connected This will replace any current settings See below e Check Setup Send the current settings to the controller to be checked see Checking the module setup page 321 Auto configuring the modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Modules 316 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Multi Application Control Setup screen appears The system can automatically configure the modules Ensure that all sensors are correctly connected to the modules Tap Auto Config The display automatically detects how many Master Member and Output modules are connected seed sensors are attached to each module hopper sensors are connected to the system pressure sensors are connected to the system RPM sensors are connected to the system switch boxes BSM Boom Switch Modules or CSM Clutch Switch Modules are connected to the system AgGP
103. unit OF TE CompactFlash card AgGPS Autopilot harness J PIAS Mount bracket and screws Figure 2 1 Components in the box 30 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 System hardware The system hardware consists of e The display unit itself The AgGPS Autopilot harness The 128 MB CompactFlash card Display unit Trimble ELILE Oriire Dut ws 2999999999990007 403 mph ooo iA mA x 6 lt r ENGAGE Figure 2 2 The front of the AgGPS FieldManager display unit Item Description 1 Touch sensitive screen 2 Touch screen buttons AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 31 2 Features and Functions Figure 2 3 The back of the AgGPS FieldManager display unit Item Description 1 Power button 2 Speaker 3 AgGPS Autopilot harness AMP socket 4 Mount bracket screw sockets 5 CompactFlash memory card socket 32 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 The six buttons There are six touch screen buttons to the right of the display see Figure 2 2 on page 31 Press this button To access the Home screen see page 68 access the Configuration screen see page 69 increase the screen brightness decrease the screen brightness access the Data Management screen see page 70 access the Run screen see page 71 OCOGDeO These buttons enable you to
104. vehicle console If you perform the calibration while the system is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone l Place the vehicle in a large field that is free of hazards To minimize the effect of the ground conditions the field should have smooth soil that is loose but firm Select the Automated Steering Deadzone procedure from the calibration list See page 181 192 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 The Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 3 Tap Next to continue AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 193 9 The Autopilot Plugin The second Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 4 Tap Next twice Note Read the onscreen instructions on each page 5 Follow the instructions Tap the Test Right and Test Left buttons to perform the Deadzone calibration As ground conditions affect the results of this calibration Trimble recommends that you perform the calibration at least three times or until the average deadzones displayed change by less than about 0 5 To minimize the total amount of space needed for the complete calibration you can reposition the vehicle between the phases of the test If the available flat smooth space is extremely limited re align the vehicle after each segment of the calibration
105. you create guidance based on the curve or headland pattern the Record button is available The Record button enables you to insert a straight section of line rather than having the line follow the exact path of the vehicle as happens with direct mapping When you select tap Record the line you are driving is mapped When you deselect Record the display stops directly mapping your path Instead a dotted line spans from the vehicle to the point where you deselected Record When you select the button again the line becomes solid and your path is mapped again Point where Record was un selected 146 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern The FreeForm pattern is slightly different It is an advanced pattern that enables you to create multiple lines of different types in a single field to obtain guidance in fields of any shape You need to record each line that you drive to generate the next guidance line You can create e Curved line segments e Straight line segments in the form of straight AB Lines With this combination the FreeForm pattern can be useful for creating non circular spirals or multiple curved guidance lines for irregular shaped fields X Tip With FreeForm curves the important thing to remember is that your next guidance line will only appear if you record your vehicle s path along the current guidance line Record each pass to gen
106. 000000 0004 95 Configuring mapping s sece es ro o e o e ee ee es 105 Configuring the data dictionary s ssassn aea 108 Using settings Miles sa s aiei aea ee eaa kae ae E ea e a i E 108 Advanced diagnostics os cele craig Pae de a ee 110 Implement Configuration 111 Titrod ction 1252 0 6b ae a CONSE Ae Dee dae ad wee eS 112 Creating an implement s sore iaje giaa Sa ae eink aE A ees 112 Selecting an existing implement n eaaa 114 Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer 115 Adjust the implement settings 2 0 0 eee ee eee 116 Deleting an implement 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 122 The Mapping Plugin 5 123 Introduction to field features 2 0 2 eee 124 Configuring field features 0 a a eee eee ee eee 125 Starting afield vari see BEN as a Be Meda MY waa sis 130 Creating a chent sk sece Pe ce eae See ec ale ites ow ay eo te 131 Additional settings eces prira ressu aet ek nren a e Enpe pa 132 The parts of the Run screen 1 0 eee ee 134 Virt al lightbat scies i hots dwar hanes a dd 8 135 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 13 Contents 14 Plugin tabs as ok PR aes et Oh ee eae ek eo 135 GPS receiver information 0 ocra k cee Ea ees 136 Engage buttons 24 500 6 vas GaGa OE So ee ES 137 Logging DUTOR se a mawas eer ble OR A ee ee ees 137 Plugin information tabs 0 0 00 e eee eee 138 Guidance window 0 ees 139 Se
107. 16 system for field water management page 487 Remote Output Optional Enable and configure remote data Chapter 17 output to an external device page 537 74 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 Item Status Description See Serial Data Input Optional Enable and configure data input from Chapter 18 an external serial device page 541 Productivity Optional Enable and configure the display to Chapter 19 monitoring work with an Enalta display to record page 545 workflow Note Most of these plugins require additional hardware to work correctly For example to use the display to perform water management with the FieldLevel II system add the FieldLevel II plugin This enables you to configure the FieldLevel II system settings and adds the FieldLevel II screen items to the main guidance screen To view the plugins press the Configuration button Q to the right of the display The Configuration screen appears n System The currently installed plugins appear in the plugins list on the left of the screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 75 4 Overview of Plugins Adding or removing a plugin 1 On the Configuration screen tap Add Remove plugin The Select Active Plugins screen appears Remote Output The available but uninstalled plugins are in the Inactive Plugins list on the left The currently installed plugins are in the Active Plugins list on the right 2
108. 363 Minimum Rate 361 Number of Rows 368 Partial Refill 368 precharge time 366 Product Level 368 Product Level Alarm 363 Reset Level 368 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Seeds per Pound 361 Sensor Constant 367 Spreader Constant 361 Target Rate 361 valve calibration 396 ground speed constant 392 ground speed sensor 327 guidance generation mode 596 guidance pausing 159 Guide to feature 156 hardware system 31 harness 34 Autopilot 35 implement 62 remote output 538 headland creating 143 height above ground antenna 249 High Alarm 328 329 330 High Alarm Delay 328 329 330 granular seed 363 planter 339 High Flow Limit liquid flow 349 High Population Alarm granular seed 363 planter 339 High RPM Limit granular fertilizer 373 High Shaft RPM granular seed 361 hitch type implement 116 Home screen 68 hopper level sensor 58 hopper sensor 326 HTML version 555 implement calibrating 235 changing 132 configuring 111 235 474 creating 112 deleting 122 diagnostics 285 draft 226 harness 62 hitch type 116 importing 115 lightbar 257 selecting 114 status text items 257 switch 551 implement configuration 111 implement controller configuring 231 Implement Filter planter 343 implement lift switch air seeder 427 planter 408 implement make and model selecting 231 implement offset 117 implement steering description 226 requirements 228 Implement tab 258 importing AB Lines 578 boundary 578 i
109. 5 5 261 AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system 262 Installing the EZ Boom controller 00000004 262 Connecting the EZ Boom system 0 0 0 0 0000 ee 262 Configuring the EZ Boom system 4 os cae eiciese cease one eas 264 EZ BOOM TaD cek a weee a oe a ol dn Oe eae alae ae et 277 Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section control only 278 Additional information about the EZ Boom system 279 Prescriptions s ia ana a ee heii eee ales be Ee a a a a a 279 Varying the active boom sections 000 000 283 Logging variable rate data 0 ee ee 284 EZ Boom system implement diagnostics 0 00 000 285 Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller 286 Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller 286 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 287 Non Trimble variable rate controllers 2 0 0 2 0 0000 ee eee 288 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Contents Step 1 Installing a non Trimble variable rate controller 289 Step 2 Enable the Serial Rate Control plugin 289 Step 3 Configuring the spray boom in the FieldManager display 289 Step 4 Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FieldManager display 290 Step 5 Configuring the variable rate controller 291 Step 6 Setting any other features of the variable rate controller
110. 6 Onthe EZ Boom controller set the rate switch to Rate 1 The test requires using a measuring device for example a calibration jug to collect the flow for one minute To achieve a more accurate result for the spray boom collect the flow from at least three nozzles by moving the measuring device from one nozzle to the next during the test AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 273 12 The EZ Boom Plugin 10 11 12 13 Tap Start Flow to begin the test Collect the sample volume for one minute Note You can collect for any length of time you like A longer sample may produce a more accurate result However you must then divide the result to determine the volume per minute After one minute has passed stop collecting Tap Stop Flow Tap Next The Flow Calibration Result screen appears Tap the Measured Flow Nozzle text box The Enter Measured Flow Nozzle for Calibration screen appears Select the units and then enter the volume that you have collected Tap OK and then tap it again 274 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Step 6 Calibrating the pressure sensor 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplement Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Pressure Calibration The EZ Boom Pressure Calibration screen appears 3 Set the Use Pressure Sensor drop down list If your system does not have a pressure sensor set both the Enabl
111. 6 virtual buttons 37 virtual lightbar 135 VRate tab 277 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 627 Index Ww warning deadzone calibration 6 definition 5 manual override 6 warnings 605 Multi Application 457 website 25 welcome 25 when engaged 539 wiring remote output 538 working set master module 50 working set member module 51 Z Zero Accum button 418 zooming the view 43 628 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide NORTH amp SOUTH AMERICA Trimble Agriculture Division 10355 Westmoor Drive Suite 100 Westminster CO 80021 USA EUROPE Trimble GmbH Am Prime Parc 11 65479 Raunheim GERMANY ASIA PACIFIC Trimble Navigation Australia PTY Limited Level 1 120 Wickham Street Fortitude Valley QLD 4006 AUSTRALIA Trimble www trimble com
112. 71 84 476 504 parts 134 S safety 5 saving configuration Multi Application 313 saving HTML version of field 555 saving the vehicle configuration 554 screen 34 calibration 85 Configuration 84 configuration 69 Data Management 70 elements 37 Home 68 Run 71 snaps 607 section description 308 fence 121 section switching 310 seed count planter 404 seed sensor 57 Seeds per Pound granular seed 361 Seeds per revolution 337 selecting a swath pattern 140 selecting an implement 114 selecting the port 290 Sensor Constant granular fertilizer 377 granular seed 367 planter 343 sensors air pressure 59 application rate 59 calibrating 391 Enalta 546 Index flow meter 394 ground speed 327 392 hopper 326 hopper level 58 installation 56 liquid pressure 59 other 325 pressure 326 RPM 326 RPM fan 58 seed 57 serial data 597 serial data input configuring 542 connecting 542 port setup 543 Serial Data Input plugin 541 setting coverage mapping 301 settings files 108 shapefiles boundary and AB Line 573 copying 562 coverage logging track logging 572 directory 564 file formats 563 Point Line Area 577 prescriptions 279 581 shared radio 234 shift swath 155 Shut OffSpeed 331 simple benchmarks 477 single channel 301 Skip button 157 slew time 243 slide out tabs 95 slider bars virtual 40 smoothing curve 596 software features 36 software EZ Office 563 sounds configuring 92 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 625
113. AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 377 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Item Description Number of Rows The specific number of seed rows for the channel Channel 1 will always be assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Channel Width The width of fertilizer applied for this channel 8 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 9 Tap Product Level The Channel Product Level screen appears On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so you can quickly adjust the fertilizer weight in the field Note You can only set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 10 Tap the Capacity text box and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader holds when full 378 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 11 Tap the Reset Level text box and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 12 Tap the Partial Refill text box and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the planter spreader if you do a partial refill 13 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 14 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary When you ha
114. AgGPS FieldManager display does not report an error until you cross into a region of the prescription that specifies a different rate In Non GPS mode the AgGPS FieldManager display has no way of knowing when communication with a Rawson controller is lost Special note on using a Rawson Accu Rate controller The display can only send rates and record coverage for the Rawson Accu Rate controller for one drive at a time either Drive A or Drive B To correctly send rates to the controller and log coverage based on the drive master switch e To operate both Drives set the drive that is not being controlled by the display to Non GPS mode see above e You must connect the FieldManager display Variable Rate cable to the COM port that matches the drive To control Drive A connect to COM A To control Drive B connect to COM B e When you use Drive B ensure that you set the COM port to COM B Drive A does not have a configuration for this and will always use COM A e Bit 7 Mode which sends two prescriptions is not supported by the FieldManager display Configure this setting to OFF 298 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 DICKEY john The AgGPS FieldManager display can send rates to and receive rates from the following DICKEY john controllers e Precision Control System e Land Manager I e Land Manager II Configuring the controller You need to connect the AgGPS FieldManager dis
115. Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software 223 Enabling NMEA message output oc eke eee ee es 223 The TrueTracker Plugin 55 225 About the AgGPS TrueTracker system 1 2 0 002000 eee eee 226 Terminology s s uci aac ie ee aes eee es GA a lee ee ei ae 226 Benefits of the AgGPS TrueTracker system 227 Requirements of the AgGPS TrueTracker system 228 Installing the Irie Tracker system 64 4 6 dw ee ee eee ee es 228 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 15 Contents 12 13 16 CoOnfsnration esis sa see sob A ded ee a hh ah EA BO oe 229 Step 1 Activating the TrueTracker system 229 Step 2 Enabling the implement controller 229 Step 3 Configuring the implement controller 231 Step 4 Configuring the GPS receiver on the implement 234 Step 5 Configuring the implement 0 235 Step 6 Calibrating theimplement 4 235 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 248 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 255 Using the TrueTracker system 1 eee 256 Main guidance screen 1 2 ee ee 256 Implement lightbar 0 0 00 eee eee eee 257 Implement status textitems 0 0 00 eee eee 257 Implement tab sas eea oe ee ee Da ee A 258 Engage DULLOM s ree accra arate da e tee AOR ae ek OS 258 The EZ Boom Plugin
116. Configuring granular fertilizer page 370 material anhydrous Configuring anhydrous page 380 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 333 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring a planter Entering materials At this stage of the setup enter the materials that the planter will be applying This may include different types of seed liquid or granular fertilizer 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 334 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 2 The Material Setup screen appears Material Setup 3 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 4 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 5 Tap OK The Material Setu ap e Materia oetup ETETEN Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on 25 Potato Seed the left of the screen i 6 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen select the type of material The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Product Select Icon Seed Planter a gt ey V Liquid Liquid Flow ah AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 335 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Product Select Icon Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer aa Eia Note It is important that you select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 7 Tap Application Rates The Applic
117. Creating the current field plane There are three ways to enter the four measurements that define a plane e Ifnone of the slopes in the field are known set three points A B and C to define direction and the main and cross slopes e Ifthe direction of the main slope is unknown set two points in the field A and B to define a heading and main slope and then manually enter the cross slope e Ifboth the heading and main slope are known set a point A in the field and then manually set the heading and main slope Note You can adjust points after you have set them See Editing points in a plane page 534 In all three cases 1 Press the Run button ED The Field Selection screen appears 2 Create a new field 3 Tap OK The Run screen appears showing the new field Defining a plane from three points 1 Select the FieldLevel tab 2 Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the plane 3 Tap A The A point begins averaging 528 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 On the FieldLevel tab the A button changes to the B button and the Done button becomes accessible 4 Drive the vehicle to the location of the second point on the plane 5 Tap B The B point begins averaging On the Topo tab the B button changes to the button 6 Drive the vehicle to the location of the third point on the plane AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 529
118. E RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LOCAL DEALER FROM WHOM THE PRODUCTS ARE ACQUIRED IN SUCH A CASE PLEASE CONTACT YOUR TRIMBLE DEALER FOR APPLICABLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Official Language THE OFFICIAL LANGUAGE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IS ENGLISH IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN ENGLISH AND OTHER LANGUAGE VERSIONS THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE SHALL CONTROL Registration TO RECEIVE INFORMATION REGARDING UPDATES AND NEW PRODUCTS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER OR VISIT THE TRIMBLE WEBSITE AT www trimble com register UPON REGISTRATION YOU MAY SELECT THE NEWSLETTER UPGRADE OR NEW PRODUCT INFORMATION YOU DESIRE Registration To receive information regarding updates and new products please contact your local dealer or visit the Trimble website at www trimble com register Upon registration you may select the newsletter upgrade or new product information you desire Australia and New Zealand This product conforms with the regulatory requirements of the Australian Communications Authority ACA EMC framework thus satisfying the requirements for C Tick Marking and sale within Australia and New Zealand Notice to Our European Union Customers For product recycling instructions and more information please go to www trimble com ev shtml Recycling in Europe To recycle Trimble WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment products that run on electrical power Call 31 497 53 24 30 and ask for the WEEE Associate
119. EA messages from an external device for example an infra red sensor m Connecting serial data input m Configuring serial data input This chapter explains how to configure the display to receive data AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 541 18 The Serial Data Input Plugin Connecting serial data input To connect a device to the FieldManager display connect the Variable Rate Control cable P N 59875 to the P5 connector on the display harness The other end of the Variable Rate Control cable connects to a serial connector Configuring serial data input 1 Install the Serial Data Input plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 76 2 On the Configuration screen select the Serial Data Input plugin and then tap Setup The data input setup screen appears 542 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Data Input Plugin 18 3 Inthe Port list select the port that the device is connected to It is usually P5 Serial I O Configuration settings for that port appear on the right of the screen 4 Set the following drop down boxes to the settings at which the sensor outputs data Baud rate Parity Data bits Stop bits 5 The Prefix and Suffix fields are the start and end points of the data you want to collect 6 Enter the log interval This determines how regularly the data is written to the file The system is now configured to receive remote data from an external device To log data from
120. ESRI Shapefile Z 8 My Computer E Coverage shx 1KB SHX File E lt Local Disk C E Track3D_2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 dbf 2KB DataBase Q DVD RW Drive D 8 Track3D_2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 shp 1KB ESRI Shapefie BB SanDisk ImageMate E E Track3D_2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 shx 1KB SHX File e AgGPS E Track3D 2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 trx OKB TRX File AB Lines Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 dbf 2KB Data Base Autopilot Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 shp 1KB ESRI Shapefile 3 Data E Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 shx 1KB SHX File amp smith Farms E Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 trx OKB TRX File Meadowbrook S Track30_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 dbf 2KB Data Base South Field Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shp 1KB ESRI Shapefile ot E Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shx 1KB SHX File Spraying E Track3D _2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 trx OKB TRXFile Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 5 Event directory and file organization 572 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Files on the CompactFlash card Field boundary and AB Line files There is one set of boundary and AB Line shapefiles for each field called e Boundary e Swaths Information stored in the Boundary shp file for fields with boundaries includes a boundary polygon Fields without boundaries do not contain a boundary file Inf
121. F Gray The system can be engaged but currently is not engaged Q Green The system is engaged S To engage the vehicle tap Engage The system engages and the button turns green To disengage the vehicle e Turn the steering wheel to trigger the manual override Tap Engage The system disengages and the Engage button turns gray If the button is red tap it to find out why Logging button The Logging button engages and disengages coverage logging Logging button color Meaning Gray Coverage logging is not engaged Green Coverage logging is engaged f AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 137 7 The Mapping Plugin Plugin information tabs As with the plugin tabs the plugin information tabs that appear differ depending on which plugins are installed Mapping information tab The Mapping information tab enables you to view your coverage from a number of perspectives Setting Example Description Overlap Coverage shows general coverage and overlap Height Coverage shows altitude of GPS receiver GPS Quality Coverage shows GPS signal quality 138 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Setting Example Description Cut Fill Coverage shows cut and or fill FieldLevel Variety Coverage shows different varieties See Varieties page 162 Guidance window The guidance window shows your vehicle coverage field features and guidance lines For a descript
122. Index speaker 34 Speed Constant 331 spray switch 550 sprayer adjusting target rate 422 components 305 description 307 flush mode 422 Logging button 420 operating 419 section information tab 423 tab 420 spreader components 305 description 307 Spreader Constant 402 granular fertilizer 373 granular seed 361 starting a field 130 status text 95 status text items adding to tab 508 implement 257 leveling 506 status text size 160 status GPS 606 steering angle sensor calibration 186 237 steering deadzone definition 180 support 28 swath delete 154 rename 154 shift 155 swath control points 596 swath management 154 swath pattern selecting 140 switch external 327 552 implement 445 master 333 445 pressure 551 switch boxes 65 311 configuring 320 switching row or section 310 system components 30 System plugin 83 system hardware 31 tab air seeder row information 432 channel details 449 channel for anhydrous 448 channel information 412 421 granular fertilizer sensor 441 row information 415 sprayer 420 sprayer section information 423 VRate 277 tabs slide out 95 tank pressure button 450 target height 489 Target Rate adjusting 413 anhydrous 383 granular fertilizer 373 granular seed 361 liquid flow 349 planter 337 target rate adjusting for air seeder 430 adjusting for anhydrous 450 adjusting for granular fertilizer 440 adjusting for sprayer 422 TCOM modules 65 320 technical support 28 TeeJet variable rate
123. Installations s 6 s kt Aci ee wet ee Pa Oe ea Ge we EE 546 Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 546 Operation sas a waa oe G Wek ba ed Sas oa ha wae ee A aes 548 Advanced Configuration 549 Configuring remote logging ososan 550 Connect a spray boomswitch 0 000 eee eee 550 Connecting an implement pressure switch 551 Enable the external switch 2 2 0 0 0 eee eee eee 552 Changing the password 2 ee ee ee 553 Locking the display to re enable the password 553 Saving the vehicle configuration 2 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee 554 Saving an HTML version of the current field 0 555 Upgrading the FieldManager display firmware 557 Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware 557 Unlocking additional devices 2 eee eee 559 Data Management 2 588 561 Transferring data to an office computer 66 6 cece ee eee 562 Data formats ee eae eee of ng Wee ie ke a ee ee S 563 Editing TCSP 42 0 ein pe ac eile ae Pao n Gea oes 563 Generating files in the office 2 0 eee ee eee 564 Directories on the CompactFlash card 0 000000 565 The AgGPS directory eee ee 567 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 21 Contents 22 22 Client directory 4 saa soii eh nha ehh Ae ee ee eek Pd 568 Farm directory saab fae a ee ee he eae ee 569 Field d
124. LITES OR FROM IALA BEACON SOURCES TRIMBLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATION OR FAILURE OF OPERATION OF ANY SATELLITE E BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM OR THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING SIGNALS Limitation of Liability TRIMBLE S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION HEREIN SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE LICENSE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL TRIMBLE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE OR LEGAL THEORY RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS REGARDLESS WHETHER TRIMBLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS AND REGARDLESS OF THE COURSE OF DEALING WHICH DEVELOPS OR HAS DEVELOPED BETWEEN YOU AND TRIMBLE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU PLEASE NOTE THE ABOVE TRIMBLE LIMITED WARRANTY PROVISIONS WILL NOT APPLY TO PRODUCTS PURCHASED IN THOSE JURISDICTIONS E G MEMBER STATES OF THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA IN WHICH PRODUCT WARRANTIES ARE TH
125. M modules and 6 switches on the available CSM On the CSM configuration screen those 16 outputs are assigned to the 6 switches The first and last switches only control 2 outputs while the middle switches control 3 outputs Where possible the system assigns fewer outputs to the first and last switch so the left and right sections that are most likely to turn on or off during overlap affect less of the width Switch box and module configuration is completed automatically It is not adjustable 320 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Checking the module setup To send the current settings to the controller to check if they are correct tap Check Setup If necessary from the Multi Application Control Setup screen you can reset the master module For more information see Resetting the master module page 456 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 321 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring the row sensors on Planter drill and air seeder modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Row Sensors 322 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 2 The Row Sensor Setup screen appears This screen enables you to configure the sensors on the planter drill or air seeder rows You can enable up to 148 rows The information at the top of the screen shows The row width The implement width The row count based on the number
126. N nitrogen or NH3 anhydrous ammonia When the nitrogen application reaches this flow rate a warning appears 6 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 387 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 7 Tap Product Level The Channel Product Level screen appears On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so you can quickly adjust the weight in the field Note You can only set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 8 Tap the Capacity text box and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous tank holds when full 9 Tap the Reset Level text box and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous unit can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this function to work 10 Tap the Partial Refill text box and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the anhydrous unit if you do a partial refill 11 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 12 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary 388 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Combining channels Now that you have assigned all of your products you can combine channels of the same product type that have the same name This co cranna 1 Car enables you to control multiple z cha
127. No GPS A GPS receiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steering During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed Response Detected in order for the calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry Determine DZ Try Again and if the problem persists contact Technical Support Proportional steering gain calibration Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration ONLY perform the proportional steering gain calibration when the TrueTracker system performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics e Slew Time The amount of time the steering coulters take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the steering coulters exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 243 11 The TrueTracker Plugin To correct slight variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain v
128. Nudge or Trim currently applied The distance away from the guidance line 96 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Category Item Description Satellites The number of satellites the system is currently receiving Speed The current vehicle speed Steering Angle The angle reported by the rotary potentiometer Autopilot only or the AgGPS AutoSense device Up The vertical height of the vehicle relative to the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is lower than the field origin point Vehicle Model The model of vehicle that is configured Autopilot only Mapping Dist to Feature The distance to the nearest feature Dist to Pause The distance to the pause position Heading to Feature Vehicle location relative to the nearest feature feature is directly ahead 0 feature is directly behind 180 Heading to Pause Direction vehicle is facing relative to the paused vehicle position directly ahead 0 directly behind 180 Nearest Point Name The name of the nearest point feature Swath Length The length of the current guidance line Note FreeForm curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Length value is not appropriate for FreeForm curves Swath Number The swath number L left R right Note FreeForm curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Number value is not appropriate for counting Freeform curves Swath Points The number of points that define the curre
129. Or mail a request for recycling instructions to Trimble Europe BV c o Menlo Worldwide Logistics Meerheide 45 5521 DZ Eersel NL 4 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Safety In this chapter m Warnings m Cautions Always follow the instructions that accompany a Warning or Caution The information they provide is intended to minimize the risk of personal injury and or damage to property In particular observe safety instructions that are presented in the following format WARNING This alert warns of a potential hazard which if not avoided can cause severe injury CAUTION This alert warns of a hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided can cause injury or damage Note An absence of specific alerts does not mean that there are no safety risks involved AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 5 Safety 6 Warnings A PPFP p gt WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the vehicle Any adjustment to this setting should only be made by an experienced user WARNING During the Deadzone calibration the system moves the vehicle s steering wheels To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to
130. PS Autopilot harness 2 2 0 eee 35 128 MB CompactFlash card 1 2 ee ee 35 System SoftWalk seen ed cee ede ee ee dis ae eee eles 36 Directory hierarchy 0 0 eee ee eee 36 Touch screen elements 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 37 Virtual DULONS 3 ne odie is ek ee eee Bole a eS 37 Virtual keyboard ss ss Gh pe a i eld Ah db ee eo hee hs 38 Virtual number pad 1 ee 39 Drop down box s era essani keks Eaa ow ee ed 40 Slider bars sorsi Mack is gh ee ew ee Pe Re ea a eerie eo e 40 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 11 Contents 12 LiStS e naien gaird Yee os ok Se See wield ane a ar date fe ale ee de 41 VEWIMOdES L giar d 4 ata ad ated er a Se eG E A oe 42 ZOOMUING ii ie we a A EG Raed Be ae Baa aS 43 Getting Started i ca e kee ee ee 45 Installing the display s sares ea a saaa ee ee 46 Connecting the display doe 0 0 0 eee eee eee 48 Installing key Multi Application Control components 49 Installing an implement master switch 00 49 Installing atest switch 2 2 ee ee 49 Installing the working set master module 50 Installing working set member WSMB modules 51 Installing output modules oasa auaa 52 Installing the tractor ECU 2 ee ee 54 Installing a master module harness 00 000 54 Installing sensors 1 ee ee 56 Installing the cab harness 0 0 eee ee eee 60 Installing the implement harness
131. S FieldManager Display User Guide 317 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The master module prefix changes to describe which sort you have Implement type Prefix Planter PL XXXXX Air seeder AS Xxxxx Sprayer SP XXXXX Fertilizer spreader FS XXXXX Anhydrous ammonia AA XXXXX The xxxxx number represents the module serial number In the following example the master module is for an air seeder 4 Ensure that the modules are shown in the list in the order that they are connected to the harness The master module is not necessarily the first module For example you may have rows 1 8 connected to a member module while rows 9 16 are connected to the master The module with rows 1 8 connected would come first in the list due to the row arrangement y Tip Trimble recommends ordering the modules both physically and in the software in order of serial number To reorder the list of modules select a module and then tap B or w to move it up or down 318 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Select each module and then ensure that the number of sensors in the Row Sensors field is correct If necessary edit the number Select the master module and then select the connected accessory sensor in the Accessory Sensor list Item Description Disabled No accessory sensor is connected Hopper sensors The hopper level sensor mounts low in the seed tank or hopper
132. S receiver The current height of the blade The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the blade GPS receiver The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel GPS receiver The correction type used by the blade receiver The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is displayed the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is displayed the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled 100 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Category Item Description East The distance that the blade receiver is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point GPS Status The GPS correction type that the blade GPS receiver is currently using H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the blade GPS position in 2 dimensio
133. Sedddddadddd CORRECT Module seed sensor harness iddgdgee Row Row Row a Row Row 1 11 12 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 57 3 Getting Started INCORRECT Module seed sensor harness A amp amp fdg TTI ow Row Row Row Row 7 8 9 10 a 1 Failure to correctly install seed sensors will result in incorrect row assignment on the planter monitor display functions Hopper level sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john hopper level sensors The system supports the following number of hopper level sensors Application type Maximum number of sensors planter drill 1 air seeding 4 granular application 3 RPM Fan sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john RPM fan sensors The system supports the following number of RPM fan sensors Application type Maximum number of sensors planter drill 1 air seeding 3 granular spraying 3 application 58 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Air pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john air pressure sensors The system supports the following number of air pressure sensors Application type Maximum number of sensors planter drill 1 air seeding 4 Liquid pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john liquid pressure sensors for sprayers These system supports the following number of liquid pressure sensors Application type Maxim
134. Tap the Allowable Cut Fill Range field and then enter the acceptable Cut Fill Range warning distance When Auto mode is engaged and the blade is outside this range for more than 3 seconds this warning appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 499 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Item Description On grade Limit Antenna Height VDOP Level Tap the On grade Limit field and then enter the limit This sets the distance the blade can move before the green blade height indicators change to thin red arrows At twice this distance the height indicators become thick red arrows See Blade position indicators page 505 Tap the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna above the lower edge of the blade VDOP or Vertical Dilution of Precision is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears A VDOP of below 3 is recommended By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark For field leveling or data collection you can set relative offsets so the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e the X axis The Y axis e The height X Tip To display relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab To enable relative positions 1 Tap Relative Heights The Relati
135. The rate that is currently active is animated The and buttons on the EZ Boom tab enable you to manually increase or decrease the flow These function the same way as the Rate Adjustment Inc Dec switch on the EZ Boom controller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 277 12 The EZ Boom Plugin Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section control only To disable the variable rate control of the EZ Boom system and just use the automatic boom switching function 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplement Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Valve Calibration The EZ Boom Valve Calibration screen appears 3 Set the Valve Type drop down menu to None 4 Tap OK 278 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Additional information about the EZ Boom system Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates are displayed on the screen In addition data relating to the variable rate application may be logged to the card The AgGPS FieldManager display can load prescription files created by a Geographic Information System GIS The method you use to create the prescr
136. USER GUIDE AgGPS FieldManager Display Trimble USER GUIDE AgGPS FieldManager Display Version 5 10 Revision A Part Number 58356 10 ENG r April 2008 Trimble Agriculture Business Area Trimble Navigation Limited Trimble Agriculture Division 10355 Westmoor Drive Suite 100 Westminster CO 80021 USA trimble_support trimble com www trimble com www autopilotGPS com Legal Notices Copyright and Trademarks 2006 2008 Trimble Navigation Limited All rights reserved Trimble the Globe amp Triangle logo AgGPS EZ Boom and EZ Guide are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited registered in the United States and in other countries Autopilot Autoseed AutoSense EZ Office FieldManager FreeForm and TrueTracker are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited For STL support the software uses the Moscow Center for SPARC Technology adaptation of the SGI Standard Template Library Copyright 1994 Hewlett Packard Company Copyright 1996 97 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Microsoft Windows ActiveX Excel and Internet Explorer are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Release Notice This is the April 2008 release Revision A of the AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide part numb
137. User Guide Features and Functions 2 Virtual number pad The virtual number pad works in the same way as the virtual keyboard For example the following screen appears when you edit the width of an implement in the Implement Boom Setup screen Select the Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet button to change the units 50 Tip When you change units the number value in the window is automatically converted to the new unit so select the correct units before you enter a number value AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 39 2 Features and Functions Drop down box A drop down box if provided lists the items that you can select in that field a Dash To select an item 1 Tap the list once to display the drop down list 2 Tap the required item from the list The drop down list disappears and the selected item appears in the field Slider bars A slider bar appears on several of the configuration screens A slider bar shows how extreme a selection is In the example above you could enter an Aggressiveness value of 140 in a text window without being aware of what that meant If you use a slider bar to select the value it is apparent that you are nearing the extreme value 40 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 There are two ways to use a slider bar e To move up by one increment tap on the slider bar in the direction that you want to move the pointer e
138. User Guide 473 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Configuring the implement for leveling 1 From the Configuration screen tap Implement Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 474 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Do one of the following Tap New and then enter a new implement name Select an existing implement from the list Tap Settings The Implement Boom Setup screen appears Enter the details of the leveling implement Enter the appropriate implement width and offsets For a Multiplane survey set the Swath Width field to the width that you will use for collecting interior points When you are not using FieldLevel GPS set the front back offset F B Offset to 0 In the Number of boom sections field enter 1 Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 475 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Operation Run screen When the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin is installed the following tab appears on the main guidance screen the Run screen Figure 15 1 FieldLevel Survey Design plugin tab Creating a survey Benchmarks Before you can create a survey you must set a benchmark A benchmark is a point at a known location When you are leveling you can use benchmarks to do two things e Return to a point in the field with known coordinates to re calibrate your exact position This may include setting the bucket on the ground or on
139. View Favorites Tools Help Qa O p p san Proves S KIO O E O My Documents My Computer 122 00000E36 99997N6 1H pos OKB POSFile Local Disk C ss EventHistory dbf 4KB Data Base DVD RW Drive D Epara 1 Data ae E SanDisk ImageMate E eae E Ages E swaths shx 1KB SHXFie AB Lines Autopilot 2 Data E Smith Farms El Meadowbrook E B Sot Planting Spraying E Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 4 Field directory and file organization AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 571 21 Data Management Event directory Each Event directory stores e coverage logging shapefiles that are recorded during the event called Coverage See Coverage logging data page 574 e track logging shapefiles that are recorded during the event called Track3D_ lt date time gt Figure 21 5 shows an Event directory and file organization t E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting File Edit View Favorites Tools Help r Qa O Posen E raters 5 gt X 1D E Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting i Folders x Desktop sl Coverage dbf 1KB Data Base F B My Documents a Coverage shp 2KB
140. a dictionaries page 588 Using settings files Note The display configuration is different from the vehicle configuration The vehicle configuration saves the Autopilot vehicle settings that you have created The display configuration saves the display appearance features that you have selected See also Saving the vehicle configuration page 554 108 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 There are three settings you can apply to the display ae a es To Do this Restore the display default settings Tap Default Save the current settings for future use Tap Save Restore the saved settings file Tap Restore Note The FieldManager display saves only one settings file When you save the current display settings they overwrite any configuration that you previously saved The settings are saved to the AgGPS Diagnostics Preferences directory To apply the same settings to another FieldManager display 1 Save the settings to the CompactFlash card 2 Insert the CompactFlash card into the second display 3 Restore the settings on the second display see above For any additional displays repeat Steps 2 and 3 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 109 5 The System Plugin Advanced diagnostics The System plugin s Diagnostics mode enables you to configure advanced guidance settings If you are setting up the system for the first time you should not need to adjust these settings To
141. abled e Pulse interval in seconds in the Time field e Pulse duration in milliseconds in the Duration field e Distance in meters decimal feet feet and inches in the Distance field The pulse will occur at each increment of this distance Note The first pulse will occur at the A point Pulse remote output is not recommended for Headland patterns e Lead time for the pulse in the Lead Time field The lead time is the time in advance of reaching a point that you want the pulse to occur It compensates for system delay e Duration of the pulse in milliseconds ms in the Duration field e Distance in the Within Distance field The pulse only occurs when the vehicle is within this distance of being online If the vehicle is more than this distance offline no pulse occurs e Lead time for the pulse in the Lead Time field The lead time is the time in advance of reaching a point that you want the pulse to occur It compensates for system delay Note The pulse only occurs when Remote Output is enabled You must enable Remote Output for each feature individually There are no options to set Remote output occurs when the system is engaged 4 Tap OK Remote output is now configured AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 539 17 The Remote Output Plugin 540 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 18 The Serial Data Input Plugin In this chapter When serial data input is activated the display can receive and log NM
142. age 201 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right 208 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list See page 179 The Autopilot Line Acquisition screen appears 2 Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varies for different vehicle profiles Note When you adjust the slider check vehicle stability at the speed shown 4 5 mph in the example above or at the maximum engage speed AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 209 9 The Autopilot Plugin Calibrating a tracked tractor If you selected a tracked tractor as the make and model the Track Spacing option appears on the calibration list This option is not shown in the Vehicle Controller Setup screen shown on page 181 Track Spacing value Use this option to configure the width of the tracks on the vehicle The width of the vehicle tracks is the distance from halfway across the width of the left track to halfway across the width of the right track Figure 9 4 Track Spacing calibration screen Calibrating a hydraulically steered tracked tractor If you selected a hydraulically steered tracke
143. alues Decrease the slew time and Increase the slew time and decrease increase the overshoot This the overshoot This improves the provides rapid responses but can stability but can introduce cause the steering to exhibit signs significant delays in the steering of instability for example a response and can cause the vehicle tendency to excessively overshoot to oscillate from side to side Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past e Perform this calibration on a level surface free of obstructions e Run the engine at full throttle e Raise the implement Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is desired e Overshoot exceeds 10 depending on the Tracker unit e Steering coulters noticeably shake near end stops 244 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Steering Gain procedure from the calibration list The first Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 3 Tap Next AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 245 11 The TrueTracker Plugin The third Autopilot Steer
144. an additional material AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 383 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring the channels When you have configured a material you can configure the channels With anhydrous application the FieldManager display can control up to 2 channels of material at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels 384 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Channel Setup screen appears Channel Setup Q Channel 1 Disabled Material Channel 2 Disabled Control Noda Channel 3 Disabled Pracharga Dalay Channel 4 Disabled Sonic rsa 2 Select a channel to configure from the list on the left The materials that you have set up are available in the Material list 3 Select one of the materials from the list Channel Setup Channel 1 NH3 Material Q Channel 2 Disabled Control Nlode Channel 3 Disabled Channel 4 Disabled AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 385 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 4 Tap Configuration The Channel Configuration screen appears 386 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 5 Configure the appropriate settings Item Description Drive Type Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor Drive Frequency Input Filter Channel Width K Factor Measurement Unit Max Flow Rate
145. anager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 412 2 Tap the appears button The Channel Product Level screen To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Zero Accum AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 435 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Operating a spreader granular fertilizer J CAUTION When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running a spreader with the Multi Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen 0 00lbs a 0 00Ibs a_ 0 00Ibs a 4 3 2 Item Description Spreader tab 2 Logging on off button 3 Spreader Information tab 4 Additional sensor readings 436 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Turning the spreader on or off The Multi Application Control plugin is controlled by the master switch and the LOGGING button When logging is engaged the spreader application is on and when logging is disengaged the spreader application is off The tractor icon shows this Logging On Off button AgGPS FieldManager Display User G
146. anager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Screen snaps To save images in the FieldManager display press the button on the right of the screen that matches the screen you are already in For example to create a screen snap of the Run screen 1 Press the Run button The Run screen appears 2 Press the Run button again The screen snap is saved in the AgGPS Diagnostics Screenshots directory A warning sounds to indicate that you have created a screen snap Note The screen snap is only of the lowest level directory under each button Therefore if you take a screen snap while in the Implement Setup screen you will get a screen snap of the Configuration screen The screen snap feature is most useful for capturing images of the Run screen Forcing the system to turn off A If the display stops responding hold down the Power button for 10 seconds to turn it off CAUTION Avoid turning off the display by holding down the Power button for 10 seconds unless it is absolutely necessary If the display is writing to the Compact Flash card this method of shutdown can corrupt the data on the card If possible use one of the other shutdown methods instead AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 607 22 Troubleshooting 608 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide APPENDIX A Technical Specifications Note This information is subject to change without notice AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 609 Technical S
147. and reports when the seed level drops to that point RPM Sensors The sensor is a fan or shaft RPM sensor If you select this option RPM Sensor 1 is enabled in the Other Sensor Setup screen You must manually configure the sensor there yourself Pressure Sensors The sensor is an air pressure sensor If you select this option Pressure Sensor 1 is enabled and automatically configured in the Other Sensor Setup screen Liquid pressure The number of connected liquid pressure sensors sensors is displayed Note You cannot adjust this setting Note For a planter or drill you can only have an RPM or an air pressure sensor You cannot have both Note The FieldManager display can show a maximum of 6 sensors on the screen at once Tap OK The 4 Channel Setup screen reappears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 319 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring the switch box es Switch boxes enable you to use clutches to switch sections on and off The system uses TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid to control the switch boxes The system automatically detects the number of outputs on the attached TCOM modules and then assigns those outputs to the switches available on the attached switch box es Item Description 1 Automatically detected TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid 2 CSM switch box BSM for liquid distribution In the example above the system has detected 16 outputs on the TCO
148. and then tap OK The feature is enabled The password is saved to the card for future use AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 559 20 Advanced Configuration 560 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 21 Data Management In this chapter This chapter describes the files and directories on the FieldManager display m Transferring data to an CompactFlash card office computer m Data formats m Directories on the CompactFlash card m Files on the CompactFlash card E Importing AB Lines or boundaries m Data dictionaries AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 561 21 Data Management Transferring data to an office computer All field data collected by the FieldManager display is saved onto the CompactFlash card loaded in the card slot To transfer data to an office computer 1 Remove the CompactFlash card from the AgGPS FieldManager display 2 Insert the CompactFlash card into your office computer using an appropriate adaptor for example a card reader CAUTION If you place the files in a series of directories the combined filename and directory path may become too long and the operating system may not allow you to open the files To avoid this Trimble recommends that you place data in your computer s C directory 3 Copy the appropriate directory to the office computer using a Windows application such as Microsoft Windows Explorer This copies all the subdirectories and files in the directory
149. and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Ea ea Note This is seed flow per row AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 337 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the run screen You can add up to 8 preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 10 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 11 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 338 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 12 Enter the alarm trigger rates Item Description High Population Alarm Low Population Alarm High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay Min Row Fail Rate Product Level Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate This setting is in seconds The ala
150. ants Channel Unable channel settings on the Channel Configuration to Control 2 Incorrect feedback screen Perform a valve sensor installation calibration 3 Defective feedback 2 Verify correct installation of sensor the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 207 Control 1 Incorrect control 1 Verify correct setup constants Channel channel settings on the Channel Unstable 2 Incorrect feedback Configuration screen sensor installation Perform a valve calibration 3 Defective feedback 2 Verify correct installation of sensor the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 208 Control 1 Excessive speed 1 Reduce speed Channel 2 Incorrect control 2 Verify correct setup constants Saturation channel settings on the Channel Exceeded Desired rate too high Configuration screen for implement Perform a valve calibration 3 Target Rate too high and a spreader constant calibration 3 Reduce target rate 458 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 harness or module 5 Out of seed Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 209 Control CONTROL LIMITED BY 1 Check and or reduce speed Channel High HIGH LIMIT 2 Verify control channel setup Limit Exceeded UNDER APPLICATION IS high RPM OCCURRING 3 Perform new valve Note The system will not calibration run faster than High Limit 4 Check and or reduce target value rate
151. anular seed or liquid material for a period of time in relation to a user defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can only be activated when the tractor is stopped You should have already configured the rate at which Flush dispenses when you configured the ground sensor See Other sensors page 325 Valve locking locks the valves in their last position when the booms are turned off Use this mode to maintain pressure when doing turns and for tank agitation If valve locking is not required set the Valve Locking setting to Not Installed 8 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 355 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 9 Tap Product Level The Channel Product Level screen appears On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so you can quickly adjust the sprayer volume in the field Note You can only set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 10 Tap the Capacity text box and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer holds when full 11 Tap the Reset Level text box and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 12 Tap the Partial Refill text box and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that you will add to the implemen
152. anular seed 367 planter 343 generating files 564 generation mode 596 GPS information 136 GPS receiver configuration 220 GPS Receiver plugin 219 GPS receiver configuring with AgRemote 223 GPS status 606 granular fertilizer 378 accumulator 441 adjusting target rate 440 Application Rates 372 Auto 376 channel details 439 Channel Width 378 channels 374 control mode 376 delay time 376 Density 373 Drive Frequency 377 Drive Type 377 Gear Ratio 377 High RPM Limit 373 Increment Decrement 373 Input Filter 377 Low RPM Limit 373 Manual w out Feedback 376 Manual with Feedback 376 materials 370 Maximum Rate 372 Minimum Rate 372 Number of Rows 378 operation 436 Partial Refill 378 Precharge Time 376 Product Level 378 Product Level Alarm 374 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 617 Index Reset Level 378 Sensor Constant 377 sensor information tab 441 Spreader Constant 373 Target Rate 373 turning on 437 valve calibration 396 granular seed 618 alarms 362 Application Rates 360 Auto 365 Capacity 368 Channel Width 368 channels 363 control mode 365 delay time 366 Density 361 Drive Frequency 367 Drive Type 367 Gear Ratio 367 High Alarm Delay 363 High Population Alarm 363 High Shaft RPM 361 Increment Decrement 361 Input Filter 367 Low Alarm Delay 363 Low Population Alarm 363 Low Shaft RPM 361 Manual w out Feedback 365 Manual with Feedback 365 materials 358 Maximum Rate 361 Min Row Fail Rate
153. ap the units that you would prefer in the Display Units list Feet and Inches There are three options e Metric e Feet and Inches e Decimal Feet The default option is Feet and Inches AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 89 5 The System Plugin Configuring the keyboard layout The FieldManager display uses a virtual keyboard on the touch screen for you to enter characters see Virtual keyboard page 38 The virtual keyboard can be laid out in two ways Setting Description ABCDEF The letters appear in alphabetical order QWERTY The keyboard is laid out like the Qwerty keyboard ona computer To select one tap the format that you prefer on the Keyboard Layout list ABCDEF The default option is ABCDEF Configuring the lightbar settings The display has two lightbar options e the virtual lightbar at the top of the display e aperipheral EZ Guide Plus lightbar attached to the AgGPS Autopilot system emulating an AgGPS 21A lightbar If both lightbars are in use the lightbar configuration settings apply to both Note Ifyou connect an EZ Guide Plus lightbar to the system it will act as a lightbar only The lightbar screen will not display guidance The AgGPS FieldManager display has default settings for the lightbar which should suit most drivers If the settings are not appropriate use the instructions below to configure the lightbar 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and
154. applied and the nature and specifications of the delivery equipment AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Last default or zero rate When the vehicle moves outside the area covered by the prescription file no target rate is available There are three options for controlling the output rate e Continue to use the last rate being output when the vehicle moves off the prescription e Usea default rate Use a zero rate The desired option can be specified in the Select Prescription screen Varying the active boom sections Some variable rate controllers report to the AgGPS FieldManager display which boom sections are active at any given time For these controllers the width of the coverage polygons displayed on the Run screen vary according to the currently active boom sections The coverage polygons that are logged to the coverage Shape file are identical to those displayed on screen that is the logged coverage width is also varied according to the active boom sections Note When you use a variable rate controller and are logging the AgGPS FieldManager display shows the active boom width This may result in nothing being displayed if all boom sections are off Limitations Since not all controllers are able to provide information on the active boom sections the width and placement of the coverage depends on what information is available e Ifthe controller provides no information on the active
155. artridge and coil assembly The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback Only adjust this setting if instructed to by Trimble Technical Support If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 Gear Ratio specifies the actual ratio from the application rate sensor to the seed meter shaft RPM This is the number of revolutions the application rate sensor turns for each revolution of the seed meter AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 343 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Item Description Number of Rows Enables entry of a specific number of seed rows to the control channel Row assignment is given a priority based on the channel and is assigned sequentially thereafter Channel 1 is always assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel The system lists the rows currently used with these settings in the Channel Rows field 8 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 9 Tap Product Level The Channel Product Level screen appears On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so you can quickly adjust the planter volume in the field Note
156. assword 1 Insert the CompactFlash card from the AgGPS FieldManager display into a card reader that is attached to an office computer 2 Copy the password text file from the office computer into the AgGPS Firmware folder on the card When you next insert the CompactFlash card in the display and turn the display on the plugin is automatically activated 78 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 Option 2 Activating manually via the display 1 Turn on the display The Home screen appears 2 Tap Upgrade The Upload Firmware screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 79 4 Overview of Plugins 3 Tap Unlock The Advanced Functionality Access screen appears 80 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 4 Tap the appropriate button for the plugin you want to activate The Enter Password screen appears 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 abcedefghi ET oo s tiuiviw x coe i ie 5 Enter the activation password that your local Trimble reseller gave to you and then tap OK Ifyou enter a correct password the following message appears Enabled The plugin is now activated Ifyou enter an invalid password a message appears warning that you have not entered the correct password Try entering the password again Ifit still does not work contact your local Trimble reseller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 81 4 Overview of Plugins 82
157. at a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 392 The Precharge feature is typically used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After the master switch is turned on and the implement switch is lowered the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When the implement is raised or the master switch is turned off the system immediately shuts down the channel 342 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Tap Configuration The Channel Configuration screen appears Configure the appropriate settings Item Description Drive Type Drive Frequency Input Filter Sensor Constant Gear Ratio Select the planter drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow c
158. at had not yet been planted sprayed 310 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Controlling row section switching with a CSM or BSM The CSM or BSM is a control module with a master switch and 6 row section control switches The switches enable you to perform manual section control or the FieldManager display can use the module to switch sections or rows on and off automatically The LEDS show section status not switch position status If a section turns off automatically the light will go off even if the switch is still on Note The CSM and BSM are only used for planting and spraying applications You can join up to 3 generic switch modules to the control module to provide up to 24 switches The generic switch modules look similar to the control module except without the master switch You can control one row with each switch or you can connect more than one row to each switch to control multiple rows at once AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 311 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Installation all implements See Installing key Multi Application Control components page 49 Configuration All models 1 Install the Multi Application Control plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 76 2 Configure the implement This process is the same as for the EZ Boom plugin See Step 1 Configuring the spray boom in the FieldManager display page 265
159. at this process to create a farm field and event and record keeping Event Attributes if required If necessary change the implement See below Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 131 7 The Mapping Plugin Additional settings Changing the implement When you select the Run button the Field Selection screen appears The Field Selection screen includes information about the currently selected 132 implement To change the implement 1 Tap Change Implement The Edit Implement screen appears 2 Doone of the following To select from predefined implements select one from the Current Implement list Tocreate anew implement see Creating an implement page 112 Adding record keeping information To add the following categories tap Event Attributes Item Description Operator name Operator EPA Harvest Year Farm Location Vehicle Implement Application Method Wind speed Wind gust speed Wind direction Sky conditions Soil conditions The name of the vehicle operator The vehicle operator s EPA license number for spreading restricted use or state restricted pesticides or herbicides The year that the crop is going to be harvested The country or region where the farm is located The vehicle used in the operation The implement connected to the vehicle The application method used for example spraying seeding or harvesting The average wind speed The maximum speed
160. ategory Item Description blank The status text item is not displayed Autopilot Altitude The current height of the vehicle or Manual CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received Guidance over the last 100 seconds Correction Age Correction Type East Engaged Time Autopilot only GPS Status H Error HDOP Heading Latitude Longitude Network ID North Nudge Trim Autopilot only Offline Dist The length of time since the last correction was received The correction type that is being used The distance that the vehicle is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point The length of time that the system has been engaged for The GPS correction type that the GPS receiver is currently using Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the GPS position in 2 dimensions Horizontal Dilution of Precision A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better The current heading of the vehicle in degrees from direct north The vehicle s current latitude The vehicle s current longitude The RTK network ID of the GPS receiver s corrections The distance that the vehicle is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point The amount of
161. ating the FieldLevel IIsystem 490 Step 2 Configuring the implement 04 494 Step 3 Configuring the leveling model 0 494 Step 4 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module 501 Step 5 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver 502 Performing leveling in the field 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 00000 504 Main guidance screen 1 ee eea E R k 504 RUM SCLECD ir ais aie i si a atl ne Se ee wate th are ee 504 Blade position indicators 0 2 0 00 eee eee eee 505 FieldLevel status text items 0 0 0 eee eee 506 Vertical error estimate 2 0 ee ee eee 509 Reloading afield gt deseu a 26 eG 6 ES EEDE owe ea 509 Re establishing a benchmark 000005 510 Leveling model specific information 000 512 Driving in Point toSlopemode 0000000005 513 Driving in Leveling Laser mode 0 004 515 Driving in Contour mode saasaa 525 Driving in Leveling GPS mode ss cs be Sos hd aan 526 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Contents The Remote Output Plugin 537 Connecting remote output oau 538 Configuring the Remote Output plugin 000 538 The Serial Data Input Plugin 541 Connecting serial datainput 0 0 0 0 00 eee eee 542 Configuring serial datainput 0 0 0 000000 0008 542 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 545
162. ation Control Plugin When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current planting rate will appear as Off To return to the overview press Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the Target Rate 220 spreader to spread at To manually increase the target rate press To manually decrease the target rate press The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 372 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you have created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button will be available El Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate will appear between the and buttons 440 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Sensor Information tab A spreader can be fitted with a hopper or RPM sensor The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen 2 1 Item Description 1 Row Information tab selector 2 Additional sensor readings Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 441 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin You can reset this value on the a
163. ation Rate Setup screen appears Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric kS a Thousand seeds per hectare US Imperial kS ha Thousand seeds per acre 336 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 8 The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Enter the following values Item Description Minimum Rate Maximum Rate Increment Decrement Seeds per revolution Disk RPM Low Limit Disk RPM High Limit The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select When you press the or button on the run screen planter tab you increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The number of seeds being planted per rotation of the seed disks The lowest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate slower than this setting The highest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate faster than this setting The target rate is the rate at which the planter will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen To add a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap the appropriate units button either kS ha or kS a c Enter the new rate
164. ation firmware page 557 286 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin In this chapter The FieldManager display can be connected to third party variable rate controllers manufactured by Flex Air contreddi Raven Rawson New Leader MID TECH m Additional information and DICKEY john for non Trimble variable rate controllers m Non Trimble variable rate This chapter describes how to configure the display for use with these rate controllers Note You can only install one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Multi Application Control plugin at the same time as the Serial Rate Control plugin AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 287 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Non Trimble variable rate controllers The AgGPS FieldManager display supports the following non Trimble variable rate controllers Make Model Raven SCS 440 440DB 450 450DB 460 660 661 700 710 750 760 Rawson Accu Plant and Accu Rate New Leader Mark III and Mark IV MID TECH TASC 6000 6100 6200 6300 6500 6600 DICKEY john PCS Land Manager I and Land Manager II Tyler Flex Air The AgGPS FieldManager display can only send control signals to vary one channel at a time X Tip You can only make changes when no field is open To use a non Trimble variable rate controller to operate a spray boom 1 2 3 4 5 6 ts Install the non Trimb
165. atus_Txt GPS status description Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded Height Height in meters DateClosed Date the polygon was closed TimeClosed Time the polygon was closed AppliedRate Applied rate reported by the variable rate controller Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever the event is opened See page 106 At each point a number of attributes are recorded The units stored in the track attribute file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf are in metric units Table 21 4 lists the information stored for each point in the track logging attribute file 574 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Table 21 4 Track file contents Data Management 21 Column Field description Units notes TRACK_ID Date and time stamp Version Track attribute file version UTC_Date Point creation date YYYYMMDD UTC_Time UTC time hh mmi ss s Local_Time Local time hh mmi ss s Logging_On Coverage logging Flag 1 o0n 0 off On or off Auto_Steer Auto Steer Flag 1 o0n 0 off On or off GPS_Status GPS status value 1 to 12 Status_Text GPS status description Num_Stats Number of GPS satellites DOP Horizontal Dilution of Precision a measure of the quality of positions based on satellite geometry Corct_Age DGPS signal correction age seconds Ant_Lat Antenna latitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Ant_Long Antenna longitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Height Mean sea level height of ground meters Ant_HAE Antenna height ab
166. ay can only log the rates received from the controller as the controller ignores any rates that get sent to it CAUTION If you switch the External Interface Local Control switch on the DataLink Interface box of a Mid Tech controller the changes do not take effect until the variable rate controller is turned off and turned back on again Communications The FieldManager display requires the Mid Tech controller to be set to 19200 baud for communications To configure the controller to 19200 baud 1 Make sure the controller is turned off 2 Make sure that all switches and signals are turned OFF master switch channel switches tach and ground speed 3 Set the OPERATE SETUP switch to SETUP 4 Using the rotary switch select SCAN 292 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 5 While holding the INC DEC switch in the DEC position turn the unit on At this stage the controller may emit a continuous audible tone After the controller has gone through the power up sequence the display will display either 9600 or 19200 baud Every time the DEC switch is now depressed the rate will toggle to the other baud rate 6 The rate that is displayed on the display at the time the unit is turned off is the rate that will be saved and used in future sessions make sure this rate is set to 19200 baud Application width When the AgGPS FieldManager display is connected to a Mid Tech contro
167. benchmark For field leveling or data collection you can set relative offsets so the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e the X axis AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 497 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin e The Y axis e The height X Tip To display relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab To enable relative positions 1 Tap Relative Heights The Relative Height Setup screen appears 2 Tap Enabled 3 Tap each of the offset windows and enter the offset distance as required 4 Tap OK Configuring Contour mode When you set the leveling model to Leveling Laser the FieldLevel IT Setup screen changes to show the following items Item Description CAN Bus Select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the valve module is connected to Valve Type Tap the Valve Module field and then select the type of valve that is connected Antenna Tap the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna Height above the lower edge of the blade VDOP Level VDOP or Vertical Dilution of Precision is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears A VDOP of below 3 is recommended By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark For field leveling or data collec
168. ble Monitor only mode 1 Select the Channel Setup screen Select Monitor from the Channel list Set the Material list to None A warning message appears Tap OK ao FF WY BN Re assign materials to the channels 454 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Obtaining diagnostics information about the Multi Application Control device To obtain diagnostics information regarding the current status of the Multi Application Control device and the sensors from the Configuration screen select the Multi Application Control plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Multi Application Control Diagnostics screen appears Item Description 1 WSMT and TECU firmware versions 2 The pulse count The pulse accumulator which appears on the table as Pulse Count counts the number of pulses that the system makes You cannot reset the pulse accumulator value 3 The View Fault Log button Tap this button to view the Multi Application Control plugin faults 4 Sensor information To view a different sensor select it from the dropdown list The WMST module type AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 455 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Resetting the master module J CAUTION Do not reset the master module unless you want to reset the channel calibration settings Trimble recommends that you do not reset the system unless instructed to by Technical Support When you reset the mas
169. boom sections then the coverage width will be the Application Width as defined in the Implement Setup screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 283 12 The EZ Boom Plugin e Ifthe controller provides information on the total active boom width but not which boom sections are on or off then the coverage width will also be the Application Width e Ifthe controller provides both active width and offset information then this will be reflected accurately in the coverage drawing If you have a non Trimble variable rate controller with a central boom section that is turned off and boom sections remain on either side of this central section this is not reflected in the coverage logging Logging variable rate data Data describing the status of various variable rate parameters is logged to ESRI shapefiles Positions and associated data are logged at 5 Hz The FieldManager display logs an average for each polygon the size of which changes based on a number of tests When all boom sections are off logging is stopped Data is recorded in metric units Column Field description Version Coverage attribute file version GPS_Status Numeric GPS status value Status_Txt GPS status description Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded Height Height in meters DateClosed Date the polygon was closed TimeClosed Time the polygon was closed Applied_Rate Applied rate reported by the variable rate controller Ma
170. can be used in spraying applications to measure the liquid pressure at a given point within the system 326 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Sensor type Description Ground Speed Sensor External switch There are 3 different types of ground speed sensors e GPS e Radar e Manual input The system can support 2 external switches e a master switch that turns on or off operation required e an implement lift switch that turns on or off operation depending on implement position 2 Ifahopper sensor is connected set the following settings Setting Description Logic Level Alarm Delay A hopper sensor either outputs a low condition when active or a high condition when active Select the appropriate setting for your sensor ACTIVE LO An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a low state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a low condition when active ACTIVE HIGH An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a high state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a high condition when active Note If the sensor is a DICKEY john Hopper Level sensor set the logic level to ACTIVE LO When a hopper alarm is triggered the system will wait for this length of time before reporting it This can be useful for filtering out occasions when the alarm is momentarily triggered The value is entered in seconds Hopp
171. can configure one of the status text items to show the vertical error estimate Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target leveling plane the design is saved in the field directory The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heights used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must re establish the design over an existing benchmark to re establish the height AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 509 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Re establishing a benchmark If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark a large red circle is shown for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag mm a iy a w This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you are allowed to re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to the master benchmark location that you marked on the ground for example with flags see Benchmarks page 476 regardless of where your current onscreen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark This process is designed
172. cedure To avoid injury be prepared for vehicle movement The instructions for this calibration test span several pages onscreen Follow the instructions presented on each page Calibrating a fly by wire tracked tractor Note Vehicles in this group include the John Deere 8xxxT 9XxxxT series and the CAT AGCO MT7xx 8xx series tractors AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 213 9 The Autopilot Plugin Calibrating the manual override Configure the threshold at which turning the steering wheel will cause automatic guidance to stop and manual steering to take control Figure 9 8 Manual Override calibration screen Follow the onscreen instructions to run this procedure 214 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Calibrating the steering center bias The Autopilot CAT MT Steering Calibration screen determines the center voltage required for controlling the electronic steering interface Figure 9 9 Steering center bias calibration screen A correctly calibrated center voltage setting ensures that the automated steering is balanced for left and right steering commands CAUTION The Steering Center Bias test requires the vehicle to be in motion To avoid collisions causing injury to you or damage to the vehicle ensure that the vehicle is in an area that is free of obstacles The instructions for this calibration test span several onscreen pages Follow the onscreen instructions AgGPS FieldManager
173. ceiver select the correction type from the Corrections list and enter the RTK network ID in the RTK NetID window 502 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 If it is a NMEA receiver select the port settings in the Port Settings lists The port settings must be the same as the receiver s output settings 3 Inthe Port list select the connector on the FieldManager display harness that the receiver is connected to The FieldLevel II plugin is now configured and ready to use AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 503 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Performing leveling in the field Main guidance screen Run screen The AgGPS FieldManager display s main guidance screen the Run screen changes when the FieldLevel II plugin is installed Design Height 404 10 87 Offset 0 5 71 Taget Height 0 5 71 Fill Blade Height 404 10 87 Figure 16 1 Run screen with field leveling features Item Description See 1 FieldLevel GPS receiver GPS information page 509 2 FieldLevel II tab The description of the leveling method you have chosen later in this chapter 3 Blade position indicators page 505 4 Slide out tab page 506 504 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Blade position indicators When you use the FieldManager display to provide guidance for example with the Autopilot system guidance is displayed on the virtual lightbar at the top of
174. ch Figure 20 2 External pressure switch connections Enable the external switch To enable the external switch 1 Press the Configuration button Q to the right of the display The Configuration screen appears 2 Tap Implement Vehicle Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 3 Set the Remote Logging list to either Log on high or Log on low Item Description Log on high The system records logging when the switch is turned on and stops recording when the switch is turned off Log on low The system records logging when the switch is turned off and stops recording when the switch is turned on Note When remote logging is on the Logging button on the Run screen is disabled Use the external switch to turn logging on or off 552 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 20 Changing the password Note To change the Administration password you require the Master password If you do not know it contact your local Trimble reseller See also Password access page 84 I Do one of the following Ifyou have not entered the password during the current session from the Configuration screen tap either Setup or Calibrate Ifyou have already entered the password during this session press the Home button and then tap Lock Configuration On the Configuration screen tap either Setup or Calibrate The Enter Administration Password screen appears Enter an incorrect password The Wrong Pass
175. controller 300 terminator CAN 64 terminology 226 470 489 626 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide test switch 404 installing 49 text status 95 time 94 time based pulse 539 touch screen elements 37 track logging files 106 574 track spacing 210 tracked tractor calibration 210 tractor ECU 54 upgrade firmware 557 transferring files 562 trim 178 Trimble DCOL 220 Tru Count clutches 65 TrueTracker plugin 225 TrueTracker system activating 229 TSIP 220 turning channels on 413 turning off the display 72 turning on the display 67 types other row sensors 326 row sensor 324 U units for Multi Application Control 309 units configuring 89 unlocking additional devices 559 upgrade firmware master module 557 tractor ECU 557 upgrading EZ Boom firmware 557 upgrading FieldManager firmware 557 using lists 41 Index V valve calibration 271 396 400 valve locking liquid flow 355 variable rate control disabling 278 variable rate controller alarms 301 configuring 290 291 DICKEY john 299 installing 289 Mid Tech 291 New Leader 296 non Trimble 288 port 290 Raven 294 Rawson 296 TeeJet 300 units 301 varieties 162 varying active boom sections 283 vehicle calibration 174 181 216 vehicle configuration saving 554 vehicle diagnostics 600 vehicle make and model 231 view 3D 42 changing 42 modes 42 plan 42 zooming 43 view of display front 31 reverse 32 view warnings 605 viewing GPS information 13
176. cord the results in Table 11 1 on page 254 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 251 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 11 1 on page 254 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Calculating the roll offset flag offset method L Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See 3 Configuring the roll offset correction page 250 Start a new field Create a straight AB Line Start a new pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line 252 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 10 11 12 The TrueT
177. create a benchmark after the design has been defined the design plane will go through the benchmark height which can change the height of A The slopes remain the same 516 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Creating the current field plane There are three ways to enter the four measurements that define a plane e Ifnone of the slopes in the field are known set three points A B and C to define direction and the main and cross slopes e Ifthe direction of the main slope is unknown set two points in the field A and B to define a heading and main slope and then manually enter the cross slope e Ifboth the heading and main slope are known set a point A in the field and then manually set the heading and main slope Note You can adjust points after you have set them See Editing points in a plane page 523 In all three cases 1 Press the Run button ED The Field Selection screen appears 2 Create a new field 3 Tap OK The Run screen appears showing the new field Defining a plane from three points 1 Select the FieldLevel tab 2 Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the plane 3 Tap A The A point begins averaging AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 517 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin On the FieldLevel tab the A button changes to the B button and the Done button becomes accessible 4 Drive the vehicle to the location of the
178. cted into the ground as a gas where it enriches the soil with nitrogen With the Multi Application Control plugin an anhydrous unit can control up to 2 channels of product at once Channel A channel is a product that is being controlled via a control valve with feedback for example an application rate sensor or flow meter A user can either have a seed granular seed granular fertilizer liquid or anhydrous product type which has different set up parameters Section A section is any number of spray nozzles or rows that are controlled by either a boom section valve or by Tru Count clutches A section can be either a single row nozzle or multiple rows nozzles depending on how the system is set up 308 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Row A row is the individual row unit that seed is coming out of on the planter This can be one section by itself or belong to a section that is also controlling other rows as well Note The FieldManager display allows for up to 24 rows sections Units of measure The units of measure differ depending on the type of material Type Unit Symbol Description Seed Metric kS ha Thousands of seeds per hectare US Imperial kS a Thousands of seeds per acre Granular seed Metric kg ha Kilograms of seed per hectare US Imperial Ibs a Pounds of seed per acre Liquid application Metric L ha Liters per hectare US Imperial Gal a Gallons pe
179. ctivate coverage logging tap the Logging button on the Run screen so it changes from gray to green Tap the button again to stop coverage logging AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 161 7 The Mapping Plugin Varieties By default your coverage logging is shown as a solid yellow block see above However you can set up varieties that make it easy to see the difference between different types of coverage This enables you to e Change product part way through a field so you can later tell which parts of the field are covered in which product 162 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 e Plant or apply two or more different products side by side and record the locations in your field For example you could put corn seed in the left side hoppers on your planter and clover seed in the right side hoppers and track where each set of seeds is planted Heading Speed 180 00 3 58 mph The varieties are assigned to rows on your implement You specify the number of rows on your implement when you configure it AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 163 7 The Mapping Plugin To configure varieties 1 From the Configuration screen tap Implement Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 2 Tap Variety Setup The Variety Setup screen appears ee es 3 To add anew variety tap Add The virtual keyboard appears 4 Enter a name for the variety and then tap OK The Variety Setup
180. cure any unused or excess cable lengths as necessary Accessory Harness for Air Seeders This harness enables you to connect 4 additional air pressure sensors 4 hopper level sensors and 1 fan shaft RPM sensor Accessory Harness for Sprayers This harness enables you to connect 4 liquid pressure sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors Accessory Harness for Spreaders This harness enables you to connect 2 additional hopper level sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 55 3 Getting Started Installing sensors The FieldManager system can read the following optional DICKEY john Sensors Item Description Seed sensor Application rate sensor Hopper level sensor Shaft speed RPM sensor Air pressure sensor Ground speed sensor PWM control valves Servo control valves Flow meters Tru Count clutch control Implement lift switch Blockage or high rate population style seed sensor provides seed population or blockage information to the system Measures shaft rotation speed by counting pulses over time This enables accurate feedback for product control A hopper is a planter seed bin The hopper level sensor mounts low in the seed tank or hopper and reports when the seed level drops to that point Measures the RPM of the implement driveshaft either by counting the teeth on a gear magnets on a shaft or lug nuts on a wheel Mounts in the planter seed tan
181. d planting CSM clutch switching module applications These are boxes with switches that enable you or the system to turn individual sections on and off You can connect up to 4 switch boxes together so you have up to 24 switches Install the switch boxes in a convenient place in the cab where you can comfortably reach them The system uses TCOM modules to control the switch outputs Other components To install flow and application control components for example control valves flow meters etc refer to the instructions that are included with them AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 65 3 Getting Started Inserting the CompactFlash card in the socket The card socket which is located on the right side of the display opens toward the rear Figure 3 4 The reverse of the display with the card socket open Item Description 1 Open card socket 2 CompactFlash card CAUTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card from the slot while the system is writing to the card or you will corrupt data When you open the card socket a prompt appears Select Yes and then remove the card 66 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 To insert the CompactFlash card l 2 3 4 Rotate the display so you can see the back of it Open the card socket Insert the CompactFlash card with the label facing the inside of the display Push the card in until it clicks Close the card socket
182. d to clear alarm Speed 246 Master Switch Warning of action Press Control Start key to Softkey Press associated with keypress activate control 602 8 Volt Supply 8V SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS 1 Inspect planter harness or Failure BELOW 7 2V OR HIGHER module harness for damage THAN 16V 1 Damaged planter or module harness 2 Defective seed or hopper sensor 3 Defective module Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect seed or hopper sensors connected to the identified module for damage Replace sensors if necessary 3 Replace identified module 466 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 603 Member COMMUNICATION WITH 1 Identify missing module in Module AN ACTIVE MODULE HAS the Multi Application Control Communication FAILED Setup screen list Inspect Failed 1 Damaged CAN or CAN module harness of the module harness missing module for damage 2 Blown mod le harhess Repair or replace harness fuse 2 Inspect module harness fuse 3 Defective module replace if necessary 3 Identify missing module in the Multi Application Control Setup screen list Inspect missing module for damage or replace 604 ECU Voltage ECU VOLTAGE IS BELOW 1 Inspect CAN module harness Out of Range 11V OR HIGHER THAN 16V of the identified module for Alarm 1 Damaged CAN or damage module harness 2 Inspect identified module for 2 Defective module damage or
183. d tractor as the make and model Engine Speed appears on the calibration list 210 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Notes on hydraulically steered tracked vehicles This group of vehicles includes the CAT AGCO Challenger Tracked family Nocalibration is required ifthe system is installed on a CAT MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen The Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen enables you to verify that the RPM sensor output is correct Figure 9 5 Engine speed calibration screen If the Engine RPM value is not close to the actual engine RPM follow the onscreen instructions to adjust the sensor output AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 211 9 The Autopilot Plugin Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen The Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen verifies and optimizes the response of the hydraulic steering pumps Follow the onscreen instructions to perform this procedure Figure 9 6 Pump Response calibration screen 212 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees Calibration screen This calibration procedure determines the compensation required for deadband in the steering pumps Figure 9 7 Pump Knee calibration screen CAUTION The vehicle will need to move during the Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees calibration pro
184. dManager harness that the Autopilot controller is connected to 174 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Selecting the vehicle 1 In the Vehicle Controller Settings group tap Edit The Edit Vehicle screen appears There are a number of pre configured profiles for the various vehicle makes and models You can load them from Autopilot controller the majority of vehicle profiles are stored on the Autopilot controller Vehicle profile database file as additional profiles become available or are updated they are added to a vehicle profile database You can download the database and load profiles from it Saved file you can install an individual vehicle profile that you have previously saved AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 175 9 The Autopilot Plugin 2 In the Choose Location group select the source that you will select the make and model from Tap this button To Complete step From Controller new Select a new make and model from the list 3 that is in the AgGPS Autopilot controller firmware From Database new Select a new make and model from a 4 From Saved File existing database of vehicles vdb on the AgGPS FieldManager display CompactFlash card If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller Select an existing vehicle from a previously 5 saved file cfg on the card To select from the list on the AgGPS Autopilot contr
185. de 189 9 The Autopilot Plugin The following screen appears 6 Center the steering wheel While the wheel is at the center position tap Next 190 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel 7 Tap OK to accept the calibration Calibrating the automated steering deadzone A The Automated Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydraulics to determine the point at which steering movement occurs WARNING During the Automated Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the vehicle To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 191 9 The Autopilot Plugin Notes on calibrating the automated steering deadzone You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be displayed on a
186. de height 489 channel 308 cut fill 489 design height 489 drill 306 offset 489 Index planter 306 plugins 27 row 309 section 308 sprayer 307 spreader 307 target height 489 design height 489 devices unlocking 559 diagnostics advanced 594 implement 285 level 595 Multi Application 455 vehicle 600 DICKEY john variable rate controller 299 dictionaries 588 directories on the card 565 directory AgGPS 567 Client 568 Event 572 Farm 569 Field 570 Prescriptions 580 Disable on Low Alarm 328 disabling variable rate control 278 Disk RPM High Limit 337 Disk RPM Low Limit 337 display 34 components 30 configuration 600 connecting 48 defaults 599 locking 553 unit 31 upgrading 557 distance based pulse 539 draft causes 226 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 615 Index definition 226 drill channel tab 411 components 305 description 306 Logging button 408 operating 407 turning off 408 turning on 408 Drive Frequency anhydrous 387 granular fertilizer 377 granular seed 367 liquid flow 354 planter 343 Drive Type anhydrous 387 granular fertilizer 377 granular seed 367 liquid flow 354 planter 343 drop down boxes 40 E ECU installation 54 editing points in a plane 523 534 Enalta sensors 546 end of row warning 178 Engage button 137 configuring 233 operation 258 engine speed calibration 211 entering the roll offset 254 Event directory 572 EventHistory file 576 external sw
187. de sprayer boom switching and rate control Note You can only install one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the Serial Rate Control plugin or the Multi Application Control plugin at the same time as the EZ Boom plugin 261 12 The EZ Boom Plugin AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system The AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system is a variable rate and automated boom switch controller It enables you to control application rate sprayers on either self propelled vehicles or towed sprayers This figure shows the front panel of the EZ Boom controller Rate switch Status light Rate adjustment switch Master z DS W itch Saf N sia 7 SWIRE a Boom section P e A tivation switches Trimble Installing the EZ Boom controller For information on installing the EZ Boom controller refer to the AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 Automated Application Control System Getting Started Guide Connecting the EZ Boom system To connect the EZ Boom system to the Field Manager display 1 Connect the FieldManager display 2 Attach the EZ Boom controller to the dash Use the provided bracket 262 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 3 Connect the 28 pin AMP plug on the Autopilot harness to the FieldManager display 4 Connect the EZ Boom CAN cable P N 59873 to P3 on the Autopilot harness and to the Deutsch socket on the back of the EZ Boom controll
188. e 1 Tap the Precharge button The Precharge screen appears 2 Raise the implement 3 Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park 4 Start the vehicle engine 5 Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature CAUTION When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 6 Tap the Start button The air seeder moves seed from the seeder bin Repeat this process for any uncombined channels AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 431 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Row Information tab An air seeder can have up to 148 rows Each row on the air seeder can have a sensor that reports the row s planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen 2 1 4 Item Description 1 Show next screen row details Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row Information tab selector u AeA WN Additional sensor readings The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail To view the next screen tap the button Row details The row detail screens show the status of the rows in detail 432 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plug
189. e The Autopilot Plugin 9 Calibrating the Autopilot plugin To calibrate the system for your vehicle 1 Press the Configuration Q button to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Calibrate The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 3 Select an item to configure and tap OK 4 Configure the selected item To configure See page Controller orientation page 182 Manual override page 183 Steering sensor page 186 Automated steering deadzone page 191 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 181 9 The Autopilot Plugin To configure See page Steering gain page 196 Roll antenna correction page 203 Line acquisition page 209 Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list The Autopilot Controller Orientation screen appears An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller The image is shown as though You are looking down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the nose of the vehicle 2 Use the buttons to select the orientation of the controller 182 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 If the controller is set at a sloped angle tap Direct Entry and then enter the yaw pitch and roll angles of the controller Note If you use the Direct Entry method to set custom angles the onscreen imag
190. e This active channel is specified in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen The target and applied rates displayed on the Run screen are specific to this active channel Units Most controllers can be configured to use either US Imperial or metric units of measurement Each channel can be configured to use different types of units for example Ib ac oz ac gal ac etc When constructing prescription maps make sure that the maps use the same units that the controller is configured for Alarms If you want low limit and target rate alarms you need to set these on the variable rate controller You can also set a default rate to be used if you go off the prescription or do not have a prescription For more information refer to the documentation provided with your variable rate controller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 301 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates are displayed on the screen In addition data relating to the variable rate application may be logged to the card The information describing prescriptions for the EZ Boom
191. e point at which steering movement occurs WARNING During the Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the implement To avoid injury ensure the area around the vehicle and implement is clear In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 239 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Notes on calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be displayed on a vehicle console If you perform the calibration while the system is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone i 2 3 Place the vehicle in an area that is free of hazards Raise the implement Select the Implement Automatic Deadzone procedure from the calibration list See page 235 240 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide
192. e A point begins Edit Bench averaging o o avo Coarse AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 521 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin On the FieldLevel tab the Done button becomes accessible 4 Tap Done The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears Plane Leveling Setup Heading 0 00 Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 A 404 10 3 Cancel Tap the Heading field and then enter the heading direction Tap the primary slope field and then enter the primary slope Tap the Cross Slope field and then enter the cross slope aN p Tap OK 522 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin Editing points in a plane When you are in Leveling mode you can edit the points on your existing target plane 1 On the Run screen select Edit on the FieldLevel tab oo Bench o o avo Coarse The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears 16 Plane Leveling Setup Heading Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 404 10 3 Item Description 1 A point 2 Heading 3 Main slope 4 Cross slope AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 523 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin 2 To reset any of the points tap the appropriate text box For example to change the cross slope a Tap the cross slope text box The Enter cross slope screen appears b Enter the new value and then tap OK Tap OK in the Plane Leve
193. e Guidance screen e Steering screen e Details screen e Fault log screen e View warning screen 600 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen ENGAGE P Item Section Description 1 Offline distance graph A graph of offline distance over time It is useful for diagnosing problems with the vehicle coming online and staying online 2 GPS status The current GPS position fix quality and number of satellites 3 Heading error Shows the difference between vehicle heading and path heading 4 Roll Shows the current roll value calculated by the system 5 Direction The current vehicle direction forward backward or Cross Track Error Virtual lightbar stopped A numeric value of the offline distance Visual representation of offline distance AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 601 22 Troubleshooting Item Section Description 8 Heading The current vehicle heading calculated by the system 9 Speed The current vehicle speed calculated by the system 10 1PPS Shows whether the 1PPS signal from a GPS receiver is detected 11 Aggressiveness Aslider for adjusting the Aggressiveness of the steering system 12 Engage button Engages disengages the system and shows the current engage state Press this button when red to see the fault preventing automatic mode 602 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen
194. e blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When Fill is displayed the current ground is below the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points up which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 489 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Configuring the FieldLevel II plugin Note Before you can configure the system it must be professionally installed For more information contact your local reseller There are five steps to complete e Step 1 Activating the FieldLevel II system page 490 e Step 2 Configuring the implement page 494 e Step 3 Configuring the leveling model page 494 e Step 4 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module page 501 e Step 5 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver page 502 Step 1 Activating the FieldLevel Il system Before you can use the FieldLevel system you must activate it on the AgGPS FieldManager display Note This process requires you to enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local Trimble reseller There are two ways to activate the system e Activating automatically via a text file see below e Activating manually via the display page 491 Activating automatically via a text file Note This method of activating the system is quicker than the manual method When you purchase the FieldLevel system your local Trimble reseller provides you with a text
195. e of the controller will not be displayed 3 Tap OK to accept the new orientation or Cancel to exit Configuring the manual override sensitivity Manual Override sensitivity calibration is only valid for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function The software automatically detects whether or not the vehicle configuration includes this type of sensor and provides this option if required One way to disengage the AgGPS Autopilot system is to turn the steering wheel This is called the Manual Override When you turn the steering wheel there is a voltage spike that then tapers off This spike and decline occurs at different levels for different models of tractor The manual override sensitivity is the level that the voltage must spike to before the override occurs and the system disengages The voltage must also taper below that level before automated steering can be engaged again e Ifyou set a high level of sensitivity the system will disengage more quickly and you will have to wait longer before you can re engage e Ifyou set a low level of sensitivity the system will take longer to disengage and you will be able to re engage more quickly WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the vehicle Any adjustment to this setting should only be made by an experienced u
196. e status of the rows in detail AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 415 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The row status is represented by its color Color Description Green The row is operating within bounds Red The row is outside the acceptable bounds A cross Row is disabled The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 9 rows Item Description Row is off by clutch Row is off by channel Row is blocked block sensor or failed population sensor Row is operating slightly below the target rate line Row is operating slightly above the target rate line Row is passive master switch is off Row is operating but below the acceptable bounds Row is operating but above the acceptable bounds O O NOURA UN Row is operating block sensor Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating unless Tru Count air clutches are installed and switching is being used 416 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the Run screen You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 4 Channel Setup Planter Dri
197. ea level height of ground meters Ant_HAE Antenna height above ellipsoid meters Note Not currently implemented Ground_HAE Ground height above ellipsoid meters Note Not currently implemented Speed GPS derived ground speed kph Heading Direction of travel with respect to true North decimal degrees Swath_Num Current swath headland number Offline Offline distance from swath center line meters Along_Line Along line distance from start of swath meters Note Not currently implemented Swath_Wdth Swath width meters Appin_Wdth Application width meters Units Units metric Note Not currently implemented Field_Name The name of the field Target The target rate at the current position AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 107 5 The System Plugin Column Field description Units As_Applied Applied rate Note Not currently implemented Pitch The pitch Note Not currently implemented Roll The roll Note Not currently implemented Yaw The yaw Note Not currently implemented Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for the current field Only supported for the AgGPS Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Relative Height Height meters Configuring the data dictionary Data dictionaries enable you to enter a list of common entries that you will be able to select for lists They save you from having to repeatedly type the same thing For more information see Dat
198. ect the orientation of the controller If the controller is set at a sloped angle tap Direct Entry and then enter the yaw pitch and roll angles of the controller Note If you use the Direct Entry method to set custom angles the onscreen image of the controller will not be displayed Tap OK to accept the new orientation or Cancel to exit Calibrating the Implement Steering Sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steering sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures Ensure that you perform this procedure on a level surface that is free of obstructions follow the instructions presented on each page run the engine at full throttle raise the implement AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 237 11 The TrueTracker Plugin To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list The first Implement Steering Sensor Calibration screen appears 238 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 2 Tap Start 3 Perform the calibration The value in the Volts field is updated as the wheels are steered Calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone The Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydraulics to determine th
199. ed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After the master switch is turned on and the implement switch is lowered the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When the implement is raised or the master switch is turned off the system immediately shuts down the channel 376 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 6 Tap Configuration The Channel Configuration screen appears Lia E 7 Configure the appropriate settings Item Description Drive Type Select the granular fertilizer drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly e Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 Gear Ratio The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the granular fertilizer metering shaft
200. ed options to No The pressure sensor calibration is complete Ifyour system only has a primary pressure sensor set the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group to Yes and the Enabled option in the Secondary Sensor group to No Ifyour system has two pressure sensors set both Enabled options to Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 275 12 The EZ Boom Plugin If you selected Yes for the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group the Recalibrate button becomes available Tap the Pressure Slope text box in the Primary Sensor group to enter the value The pressure slope is the relationship between pressure and the output of the sensor The default of 16mV psi is recommended for a Raven pressure sensor If you enabled the secondary sensor tap the Pressure Slope text box in the Secondary Sensor group to enter the value The default of 16mV psi is recommended for a Raven pressure sensor Tap Recalibrate in either group to run the pressure calibration sequence The Z Boom Pressure Calibration screen appears See below Pressure calibration sequence L 2 3 Read the pressure off the pressure gauge Enter the pressure value in the Actual Pressure text box Tap Send Calibration The screen updates to show the current pressure Tap OK 276 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 EZ Boom tab The EZ Boom tab is located on the Run screen It shows your Rate 1 Rate 2 and Manual rates
201. een You can add up to 8 preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 373 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm time When the product drops to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material Configuring the channels When you have configured a material you can configure the channels The FieldManager display can control up to 4 channels of different materials at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels 374 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Channel Setup screen appears Channel Setup Q Channel 1 Disabled Material D None g Channel 2 Disabled Control Noda Channel 3 Disabled Pracharga Dalay 090s Channel 4 Disabled Sonic rsa Preauctineye o 2 Select a channel to configure from the list on the left The materials that you have set up are available in the Material list 3 Select one of the materials from the list Channel Setup Channel 1 Potash Material Channel 2 Disabled Control Mode Q Channel 3 Disabled Precharge Delay Q Channel 4 Disabled
202. efile prescription if you choose the wrong column when using a variable rate controller the applied rate will be incorrect CAUTION If you switch the External Interface Local Control switch on the DataLink Interface box of a Mid Tech controller the changes do not take effect until the variable rate controller is turned off and turned back on again CAUTION With Mid Tech controllers if a channel has been set to Ibs ac any value that is less than 10 0 is interpreted as tons acre CAUTION The first boom section width set on the Raven controller must be greater than 0 If you set it to 0 the AgGPS FieldManager display will not communicate with the controller CAUTION Some Raven controllers do not support zero rates If the target rate is zero and spray is still being applied you need to turn off your boom sections manually 8 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide gt Pe i gt Safety CAUTION When you have finished testing remove the test switch If it accidentally engages the implement could cause injury CAUTION Do not use the master module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure CAUTION Do not use the member module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure CAUTION Please note that in the Multi Application Control plugin chapter the val
203. efund up to the purchase price paid by you for any such Nonconforming Product excluding costs of installation upon your return of the Nonconforming Product to Trimble in accordance with Trimble s product return procedures than in effect Such remedy may include reimbursement of the cost of repairs for damage to third party equipment onto which the Product is installed if such damage is found to be directly caused by the Product as reasonably determined by Trimble following a root cause analysis Warranty Exclusions and Disclaimer These warranties shall be applied only in the event and to the extent that a the Products and Software are properly and correctly installed configured interfaced maintained stored and operated in accordance with Trimble s relevant operator s manual and specifications and b the Products and Software are not modified or misused The preceding warranties shall not apply to and Trimble shall not be responsible for defects or performance problems resulting from i the combination or utilization of the Product or Software with hardware or software products information data systems interfaces or devices not made supplied or specified by Trimble ii the operation of the Product or Software under any specification other than or in addition to Trimble s standard specifications for its products iii the unauthorized installation modification or use of the Product or Software iv damage caused by
204. el the previous calibration settings are lost If you will want to use the current vehicle settings again save them before you proceed Configuring the implement make and model 1 Tap Edit in the Implement Controller Settings group The Edit Implement Controller screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 231 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 2 Doone of the following e To select anew make and model from the list that is in the AgGPS Autopilot controller firmware Tap From Controller new b Tap the Selected Model drop down box and then select the make and model that you require from the list c Select Orthman Imp 1 for a Tracker III or Tracker IV system e To select anew make and model from a database of vehicles vdb on the AgGPS FieldManager display CompactFlash card a Tap From Database new b Tap Browse c Select the vdb file that you want to open and then tap Open If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller e To select an existing vehicle from a previously saved file cfg on the card a Tap From Saved File existing b Tap Browse c Select the file that you require and then tap Open 3 Tap Change Restore Vehicle The following message appears The specified vehicle model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue 4 Tap OK to load the new configuration or Cancel to ab
205. eldManager display m Viewing raw serial data m Restoring default settings m Viewing AgGPS FieldManager display diagnostic information GPS Status screen m Screen snaps m Forcing the system to turn off AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 593 22 Troubleshooting Advanced diagnostics The System plugin s Diagnostics mode enables you to configure advanced guidance settings Most users will not need to adjust these settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Diagnostics The System Diagnostics screen appears Pa Sent 36 Received 0 Sent 0 Received 0 Devices 0 re EEA 594 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 2 Tap Advanced The Advanced System Configuration screen appears a 3 Select the diagnostics level This determines how much debugging information is logged in the program files Item Description 1 Minimal level of information 6 default Medium level of information 9 Highest level of information AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 595 22 Troubleshooting 4 Select whether or not swath control points appear onscreen When your guidance line is a curve it actually appears onscreen as a series of short straight sections joined together The Swath Control Points appear where these line segments meet Item Description Hidden default Normal guidance lines Visible Guidance lines show the control points
206. entation Properly associate the outputs of the AgGPS Autopilot controller sensors with the direction of the vehicle Manual Override Required for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function Change the default only if the operation of the manual override function is unacceptable Roll Antenna Compensates for antenna height and static roll caused by minor Compensation variations in the AgGPS Autopilot controller and the GPS receiver mounting Line Acquisition How aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line For articulated and front wheel steered vehicles three additional calibration options appear Note The steering sensor and automated steering deadzone procedures are required The steering sensor calibration must be performed first Option Description Steering Sensor Converts the sensor output into commands for steering full left full right and any position in between Automated Steering Deadzone Required to learn the vehicle s steering deadzones Steering Gain proportional only if system steering performance is unsatisfactory steering gain The steering deadzone is the amount of pressure that the system must apply to the hydraulics before the wheels begin to turn To configure this vehicle type See Hydraulically steered tracked tractors Page 210 Fly by wire tracked tractor Page 213 Tracked tractor Page 210 180 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guid
207. enter green LEDs are lit When the vehicle moves off the guidance line to the left or the right the 3 LEDs that are lit drift to the side To configure the virtual lightbar see Configuring the lightbar settings page 90 Plugin tabs Most of the plugins have features that appear on a tab on the Run screen To select a tab tab the top of it AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 135 7 The Mapping Plugin GPS receiver information The button in the top right of the Run screen provides information about GPS 1 2 3 Item Description 1 Satellite Information button 2 Current number of satellites 3 Type and age of correction Ifthe GPS signal is lost completely the No J Tap the satellite information button to view the information on it There can be more than one row depending on the plugin that is installed If the plugin requires a second GPS receiver for example the second GPS receiver mounted on the implement for the TrueTracker system then the upper information row relates to the vehicle GPS receiver and the lower information row relates to the second GPS receiver 136 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Engage button When you create a guidance line you can use the Engage button to engage or disengage the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system The button has three states Engage button color Meaning Red The system cannot be engaged
208. entries Back4o To edit an entry select it and then tap Edit To delete an entry select it and then tap Delete AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 589 21 Data Management To create a data dictionary on an office Client computer 3 smith G wilson 1 Onan office computer create a text file The text file can have any name F el k MeagowBr oo but the file extension must be txt ABC Farms 2 Enter the body text Field 3 Copy the txt file to the Field 1 sis Field 2 AgGPS Data Dictionary directory pack 40 on the FieldManager display Hogan Section CompactFlash card event Feature mapping Tillage On screen for example in the Client Fertilization screen the file entries appear as shown below 590 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 To access the entries in the dictionary l 2 3 4 In the Field Setup screen tap New To view the available items tap the down arrow Select the appropriate item from the list Tap OK You can still enter new information as before but these entries are not added to the data dictionary To add items to the data dictionary edit the txt file on an office computer AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 591 21 Data Management 592 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 22 Troubleshooting In this chapter This chapter describes how to analyze problems that occur with the AgGPS m Advanced diagnostics Fi
209. er cyt One Weve vevetelels slele 5 Connect the terminator extension to the CAN extension Note To connect the EZ Boom controller to the FieldManager display you require the Autopilot harness P N 59872 The version of the harness that was shipped with the FieldManager display v1 00 and v1 2 3 is not compatible To obtain an Autopilot harness P N 59872 contact your local Trimble reseller Note To unlock an EZ Boom controller for use see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 78 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 263 12 The EZ Boom Plugin Configuring the EZ Boom system To use the EZ Boom controller to operate a spray boom 1 Configure the spray boom in the FieldManager display 2 Enable the EZ Boom plugin in the FieldManager display 3 Configure the EZ Boom system settings 4 Calibrate the valve 5 Calibrate the flow meter 6 Calibrate the pressure sensor These steps are described in greater detail below 264 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Step 1 Configuring the spray boom in the FieldManager display When you configure an implement with the EZ Boom or the Multi Application Control plugin installed additional options appear on the Edit Implement screen 1 From the Configuration screen tap Implement Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 2 Adjust the Overlap Threshold slider Ifa section turns off when you are crossing a diagonal
210. er 58356 10 ENG It applies to version 5 10 of the AgGPS FieldManager display software Legal Notices The following limited warranties give you specific legal rights You may have others which vary from state jurisdiction to state jurisdiction Product Limited Warranty Trimble warrants that this Trimble product and its internal components the Product shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will substantially conform to Trimble s applicable published specifications for the Product for a period of one 1 year starting from the earlier of i the date of installation or ii six 6 months from the date of original Product shipment from Trimble This warranty applies only to the Product if installed by Trimble or a dealer authorized by Trimble to perform Product installation services Software Components All Product software components sometimes hereinafter also referred to as Software are licensed solely for use as an integral part of the Product and are not sold If accompanied by a separate end user license agreement EULA shall be governed by the terms conditions restrictions and limited warranty terms of such EULA notwithstanding the preceding paragraph During the limited warranty period you will be entitled to receive such Fixes to the Product software that Trimble releases and makes commercially available and for which it does not charge separately subject to the procedures f
211. er 407 productivity monitoring 548 sprayer 419 operator alert timeout 178 orientation controller 236 other sensor types 326 other sensors 325 outer edge radius pivot 145 output modules installation 52 Output Shaft button 402 output remote 538 overshoot 243 P PGain 244 Partial Refill 344 anhydrous 388 granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 liquid flow 356 parts Run screen 134 password 78 229 490 Administration 84 Administration Master 553 changing 553 Master 84 unlocking EZ Boom system 559 path access 152 pausing guidance 159 pinout information remote output 538 pivot creating 145 outer edge radius 145 plan view 42 plane defining 516 527 defining from 1 point 521 532 defining from 2 points 520 531 defining from 3 points 517 528 planter accumulator 417 adjusting target rate 413 alarms 338 cab harness 60 Capacity 344 channel information tab 412 channel tab 411 Channel Width 344 components 305 configuring 334 configuring channels 339 delay time 342 description 306 622 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Disk RPM High Limit 337 Disk RPM Low Limit 337 Drive Frequency 343 Drive Type 343 Fill Disk button 413 filling disks 413 Gear Ratio 343 High Alarm Delay 339 High Population Alarm 339 Implement Filter 343 Implement Lift switch 408 Increment Decrement 337 Logging button 408 Low Alarm Delay 339 Low Population Alarm 339 master switch 409 material configuration 334 Maximum Rate 337
212. er Sensor 1 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 327 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 3 Ifan RPM sensor is connected set the following settings Setting Description High Alarm If the RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is higher than this a warning appears Low Alarm If the RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is lower than this a High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay RPM Constant RPM Filter Disable on Low Alarm warning appears You can set a delay so momentary changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning will not appear until the High Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time You can set a delay so momentary changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning will not appear until the Low Alarm limit has been reached for this length of time This is the number of pulses that the shaft speed sensor generates in 1 revolution of the monitored shaft This is typically the number of teeth sense points on the gear attached to the monitored shaft For example for a gear with 12 teeth enter 12 00 If the sense gear is not directly attached to the monitored shaft enter 0 01 To disable the Shaft Speed function enter 0 00 The RPM filter value applies a filter to the signal from the RPM sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the RPM readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the
213. erate your next guidance line Creating a FreeForm section 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swaths Management screen appears 2 Select the FreeForm tab in the upper left of the screen The New FreeForm button becomes available toward the lower right of the screen 3 _Ifnecessary select the Record FreeForm when logging button See Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage page 150 4 Tap New FreeForm The Run screen reappears with the Define FF Next Path and Pause buttons on the Mapping tab AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 147 7 The Mapping Plugin Creating a curved FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change 2 Tap FreeForm to begin drawing a FreeForm line The line follows the path of the vehicle 3 To complete the FreeForm pattern do one of the following Unselect the FreeForm button Perform a U turn Note If you are driving an inward spiral leave the FreeForm button selected The segments will continue to be defined Creating a straight FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change 2 Drive to the start point of the line and then tap Set A 3 Drive to the other end of the line and then tap Set B The guidance line appears 148 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Switching between FreeForm sections You can switch snap between the different FreeForm sections In the following
214. es that the implement is located ahead of the antenna position 118 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Implement Configuration 6 e Tap OK The Implement Boom Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle will show the offset that you just set Note The screen is scaled to whichever is larger the swath or application width This can mean that if any offset is greater than this the tractor image can pass the edge of the screen Tap the No Rows text box to enter the number of rows that span across the swath width which are used for navigation When you press the Skip button to adjust the guidance line the guidance line can move across by rows Tap the Application Width text box and then enter the distance from one end of the implement to the other When you return to the Implement Boom Setup screen the graphic will show the new application width Change the Swath Width text box if necessary To create an overlap set the Application Width value to slightly more than the Swath Width value AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 119 6 Implement Configuration If you have the EZ Boom Multi Application Control or Serial Rate Control plugin installed additional options are available on the screen For the EZ Boom Multi Application Control or Serial Rate Control plugins complete the following steps as well 1 Enter the number of implement sections a Tap the No Sections text box The Enter Number of Sect
215. et Height e When Cut is displayed the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is displayed the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height The originally planned or designed height at the current location For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled 506 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Item Description FL Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane FL Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark FL Offset Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master benchmark FL Satellites The number of satellites currently being received by the FL Target Height FL VDOP FL Vertical Error Estimate FieldLevel GPS receiver The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver See Step 5 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver page 502 The current estimate of error in the
216. eterx4 Channel 1 4 Feedback G f ps B Connect to next module harness B or implement extension hamess Connect CAN terminator if this a is the last module on the CAN bus Va ZI PWM Solenoid Valves An ji g Channel 1 4 Control gt C4 4 From Provious z Module Hameae Liquid Servo DJ467980160 or Extonalan Control Valves a Hamesa J cg EN i 4 Channel sa gt Control Harness y E El 5 J Impiament f TRU COUNT HARNESS BeN a DJ46798014X DJ467983505 rag F Hamess Optional lengths 5 10 20 25 or 40 Sensor Customize depending on specific planter Far Shaft RPM ii Sencor i 6 Pin WP i Radar 1st 4 one Speed Rows Koir Sensor DJ467981200 WSMB Module Hames Order and install DJ467981201 ifusing Seed Manager SE style hamess Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager SE HARNESS 16 Row ems Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized eme by customer Trimble does not offer this harness for sale ieee a Figure 3 3 Planter monitoring and control system diagram AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Implement CAN harnessing 63 3 Getting Started Lay the implement harness along the frame of the implement to each of the seed sensors You are unlikely to require extensions Route the sensor wires to loca
217. f the implement GPS position in 2 dimensions The Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the implement receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better The implement s current latitude The implement s current longitude The RTK network ID of the implement receiver s corrections The distance that the implement is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point The amount of Nudge or Trim currently applied to the implement position The implement offline distance The number of satellites that the implement receiver is reading The speed of the implement The steering angle of the implement AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 99 5 The System Plugin Category Item Description Impl Up The vertical height of the implement relative to the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is below the field origin point Impl Vehicle Model The implement profile name Serial Rate Applied Rate The applied rate Control Current Flow The current flow Target Rate The current target rate Total Vol Applied The total volume applied so far FieldLevel Altitude The current height of the vehicle as reported by Blade Height CMR Percent Correction Age Correction Type Cut Fill Design Height Distance Traveled the blade GP
218. fference between actual and calculated points was too large 8 Tap OK You are returned to the Configuration screen If the calibration was successful proceed to Configuring the display If the calibration failed tap Calibrate again and then repeat Steps 5 through 7 until calibration is successful If display calibration continues to fail consult your local Trimble reseller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 87 5 The System Plugin Configuring the display 1 Press the Configuration button oN to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 84 The Display Setup screen appears English Feet and Inches n ABCDEF T From this screen you can configure the language the units of measure the keyboard layout the lightbar settings sounds 88 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 the timezone the status text items on the Run screen mapping the data dictionary These steps are described in more detail below Selecting the language English Tap the language that you would like to use in the Language list and then tap OK If you change the language a warning message appears It warns that the display will turn off so the change can take effect The default language is English Selecting the units of measure T
219. form this calibration on a hard level surface free of obstructions e Maintain a vehicle speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph while you perform the calibration Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is desired e Overshoot exceeds 5 8 depending on vehicle e Wheels noticeably shake near end stops AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 197 9 The Autopilot Plugin To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Valve P gain procedure from the calibration list See Introduction to Autopilot calibration page 179 The first Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 3 Tap Next 198 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 The third Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears CAUTION The wheels can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the AgGPS Autopilot system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury to occupants of the vehicle Be prepared for sudden wheel movements 4 Tap Next The fourth Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears 5 Tap Next to continue The fifth Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 199 9 The Autop
220. g Do not overtighten nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes where marked Installing a master module harness 1 Connect the module to the Working Set Master Module harness 2 Ifnecessary connect the WSMT valve sensor harness 54 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Connect any additional adaptor harnesses to the module harness The WSMT module harness can accept the following adaptor harnesses 4Channel Control Harness Actuator Harness This harness allows for 4 output control channels and associated feedback sensors a hopper level sensor input a shaft sensor input a ground speed input an implement switch input and an air pressure input In addition a pair of 6 pin connectors are available for Servo connection Install sensors valves etc per the instructions included with the items Install the PWM valve assembly and feedback sensor for each control loop and connect the devices to their respective inputs on the harness making certain to match PWM 1 with FEEDBACK 1 PWM 2 with FEEDBACK 2 etc Secure any unused and excess cable lengths where necessary Seed Sensor Harness This harness accommodates any standard DICKEY john Seed Sensor harness PM or SE style A wide variety of harnesses are available to accommodate various numbers of sensor inputs Install all seed sensors per the instructions included with the individual sensors Se
221. gGPS TrueTracker system m Configuration Using the TrueTracker system One of the AgGPS FieldManager display features that can be unlocked is the AgGPS TrueTracker implement steering system This chapter explains what the TrueTracker system is and describes the configuration steps required to use it to steer implements more accurately AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 225 11 The TrueTracker Plugin About the AgGPS TrueTracker system The AgGPS TrueTracker implement steering system is an upgrade for the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system With the Autopilot system the vehicle receives guidance and pulls the implement When the TrueTracker system is added to the Autopilot system the implement receives separate guidance and steering to increase accuracy The system is comprised of two parts e Additional hardware installed on the implement e Additional FieldManager display software provided by the TrueTracker plugin The AgGPS TrueTracker system extends the sub inch year to year repeatable accuracy of the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system to the implement Terminology The term implement steering refers to the ability to actively steer the implement that a vehicle is towing Normally it is not possible to tell the exact location of the implement When you use the AgGPS FieldManager display with the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system for sub inch accuracy the GPS antenna and receiver are moun
222. gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive The combined width assigned to this channel Every flowmeter has a K Factor which is the number of pulses per unit of measure The K Factor may be marked on the assembly This K Factor is a good starting point before doing a flowmeter calibration In order to do an anhydrous flowmeter calibration the system must be run in the field With the K Factor entered and accumulators cleared record the weight of the nurse tank and proceed to apply nitrogen on at least ten acres at normal operating speeds and conditions Verify that the control is stable during the calibration Once the area is covered record the tank weight Calculate the amount of nitrogen used and compare that to the controller s accumulated values Determine the percent of error and adjust the K Factor accordingly A typical DICKEY john anhydrous flowmeter K Factor starting point is 2 15 P in 3 Fine tuning the calibration If the actual application is 5 above the Target Application rate the K Factor needs to be decreased by 5 Therefore if the K Factor is 2 250 a 5 decrease would be 2 250 x 0 95 2 1375 The opposite applies for under application How the product is measured for the Max Flow Rate setting
223. ges to the display settings the results are poor but you cannot determine which setting was the cause e you move the display from one vehicle to another Note If you restore the defaults the Autopilot vehicle setup information will not be reset See Using settings files page 108 To restore the default settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Tap Default A confirmation screen appears 3 Tap Yes The default settings are restored AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 599 22 Troubleshooting Viewing AgGPS FieldManager display diagnostic information Display configuration information To view display configuration information press the Home button at the top right of the display The Home screen lists e Display firmware information e AgGPS Autopilot controller information e GPS receiver and correction method information e Vehicle make and model CompactFlash card information To view information about the CompactFlash card that is in the display select the System plugin and then tap Diagnostics on the Configuration screen The card information tab appears on the System Diagnostics screen Viewing vehicle diagnostic information From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Vehicle Controller Setup Guidance screen appears There are five parts to the Vehicle Diagnostics menu
224. gging begins and the Logging button is engaged You can turn off logging by tapping the Logging button Logging On Off button Off The Sprayer tab overview mode The Multi Application Control plugin can control up to 4 liquid products on an sprayer at once The sprayer tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Figure 14 3 The sprayer tab 420 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow button next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Item Description um AeA WN e Channel name e Current application rate e Channel flow rate e Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 356 Flush button only available when Flush is enabled See page 355 and page 422 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 347 Note This button is only available if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 421 14 422 The M
225. gicide herbicide or insecticide Each client may have several farms each of the farms may consist of several fields and each field may be broken into a number of events 36 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Touch screen elements The following interactive features appear on the touch screen e Virtual buttons e Virtual keyboard e Virtual number pad e Drop down boxes e Slider bars e Lists See also Slide out tabs page 95 Virtual buttons The most common way to interact with the system is to use the virtual buttons Treat a virtual button as you would a normal button To press the button press tap the area of the screen where it appears a Some AgGPS FieldManager display buttons have a direct action while others change to show that a feature is enabled or disabled This button is currently selected AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 37 2 Features and Functions Virtual keyboard Use the virtual keyboard to enter text and numbers Ea E TPT ere KEREKERE er fife e fe nm fefe fale s e aly fw xi y fe a To Tap enter a letter or number the appropriate button enter caps mode the CAPS button leave caps mode the CAPS button again erase a letter that you have typed by the lt lt backspace button mistake clear all the text you have entered the CLEAR button finish entering text the OK button 38 AgGPS FieldManager Display
226. gins The AgGPS FieldManager display version 5 10 has a number of plugins that can be installed to expand the functionality of the display Item Status Description See System Permanent Configure the appearance of the Chapter 5 page display 83 Mapping Permanent Configure the field features Chapter 7 page 123 Manual Guidance Optional Enable GPS diagnostic information for Chapter 8 page manual steering guidance 169 Note You must install either the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin Autopilot Optional Configure the AgGPS Autopilot Chapter 9 page automated steering system 173 GPS Receiver Required Configure the GPS receiver Chapter 10 page 219 TrueTracker Optional Configure the AgGPS TrueTracker Chapter 11 system to enable implement steering page 225 EZ Boom Optional Configure the EZ Boom 2010 Chapter 12 automated application control system page 261 to enable spray boom and rate control Serial Rate Optional Configure a non Trimble variable rate Chapter 13 Controller controller page 287 Multi Application Optional Configure a planter drill air seeder Chapter 14 Control spreader sprayer or anhydrous page 303 ammonia applicator for flow and application purposes FleldLevelSurvey Optional Survey a field and then create a design Chapter 15 Design for it that can later be completed with page 469 the FieldLevel II plugin FieldLevel Optional Configure the AgGPS FieldLevel II Chapter
227. hat you will want to add to your fields and then assign up to four of them to buttons These buttons appear on the Mapping tab on the Run screen You can then use the buttons to add field features to your map while driving comm le Item Description Mapping tab Feature button set up to represent a hole in the ground Feature button set up to represent a tree line Feature button set up to represent a pond Line feature drawn with the Tree Line feature button item 2 Point feature drawn with the Hole feature button item 1 N OW BP WN Area feature drawn with the Pond feature button item 3 124 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Configuring field features To set up a field feature 1 Press the button The Configuration screen appears Note Ensure that you do not have a field open on the Run screen You can only modify some configuration settings when all fields are closed To close a field select the Run screen and then press the O button y 2 From the Configuration screen select the Mapping plugin and then tap Setup The Select Active Feature screen appears e Boom Center The four buttons on the left of the screen represent the four field feature buttons that appear on the Mapping tab on the Run screen see previous page AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 125 7 The Mapping Plugin 3 Select Boom Left Boom Center or Boom Right as the point on
228. he Multi Application Control Plugin 13 Tap Continue and then tap Save to save the new spreader constant Otherwise select OK to exit Planter seed count This test uses the test switch It enables you to run the system without lowering it In this test you run the planter for a known number of disk rotations and then count the seeds to ensure that they match the system s count 1 From the Multi Application Control Calibration screen select Seed Channel Test 404 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Seed Channel Test screen appears Select the number of revolutions that you want the disk to turn through The default is 5 Select the ground speed that the system will simulate Select the row to monitor You can select from the rows that are assigned to this channel so the first row may not be 1 Select the target planting rate X Tip The hopper must contain seed Use a container to catch the material so you can count it For example put a bucket under the planter tube 6 Tap Start and press the test switch The disk turns and dispenses seed for the specified number of revolutions and then stops The Seed Count value increases as the seed is dispensed Count the number of seeds collected to ensure that the quantity matches the Seed Count value AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 405 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Continuing The sensors are
229. he following message appears File Download Complete 554 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 20 Saving an HTML version of the current field When you close a field the system automatically creates an HTML summary file The file index html is saved in the AgGPS Summaries lt client_farm_field_event gt directory Trimble Event Summary Mon Aug 14 13 05 53 2006 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 555 20 Advanced Configuration The Event Summary file can show the following images of the field Overlap the coverage and any overlaps Height the vertical height of the GPS position Applied rate the volume at which the spray boom has applied solution GPS quality the quality of the GPS signal The file also displays information about The event the vehicle setup By tapping the appropriate buttons you can show or hide coverage area and or area features If any Prescriptions are available a prescriptions button will also be available To view a summary report on an office computer 1 Remove the CompactFlash card from the display and then insert it into an office computer 2 Select the directory AgGPS Summaries and then open the file Index html 3 Select the appropriate field from the list Note If you use the Microsoft Internet Explorer internet browser you may need to allow Activex technology to see all of the summary file 556 AgGPS FieldManager
230. he proportional steering gain calibration when the AgGPS Autopilot system performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics e Slew Time The amount of time the front wheels take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the front wheels exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value 196 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 To correct slight variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain values Decrease the slew time and increase the overshoot This provides rapid responses but can cause the steering to exhibit signs of instability for example a tendency to excessively overshoot Increase the slew time and decrease the overshoot This improves the stability but can introduce significant delays in the steering response and can cause the vehicle to oscillate from side to side Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past e Per
231. he tab extended until you close it manually select Never 8 To add status items to the slide out tab a Tap the position on the tab that you want to fill For example to add an item to the third position on the list tap at the location shown b Select the item to add from the Jn o Items list c Tap lt Set Item 104 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Configuring mapping The Mapping screen enables you to configure Item Description Map orientation The direction that the screen follows the position of the vehicle Track logging How often the display records points along the path that the vehicle has driven 1 Press the Configuration button to the right of the display The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 3 Tap Map The Mapping screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 105 5 The System Plugin 4 Tap your preferred map orientation in the Map Orientation list Map orientation Example of view Explanation North Up When you perform a turn the field remains stationary and the vehicle turns Vehicle Up When you perform a turn the field rotates but the vehicle remains pointing up Note The map orientation can also be changed on the Run screen by tapping the north arrow 5 Track logging can be recorded in different ways Setting Description
232. height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver These status text items can be set to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab The following items can also be viewed by tapping the GPS corrections status button at the top right of the Run screen e FieldLevel GPS status e FieldLevel correction type e FieldLevel correction age AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 507 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin You can either choose the individual status text items that are on the slide out tab or you can use the default selections 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Tap Status Items The Select Status Items screen appears om es OO FL Offset 3 To manually adda status text item to the tab Tap the position to fill in the list on the left b Tap the status text item in the nfo Items list that you want to add c Tap lt Set Item Note To prevent the Status tab from automatically retracting select Never from the Timeout menu The Status tab will then only retract when tapped 508 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Vertical error estimate When you use the FieldManager display for steering guidance for example with the Autopilot system horizontal accuracy is important When you are leveling a field however vertical accuracy is just as important You
233. his section carefully e Ifmultiple GPS technologies will be used for example RTK and WAAS use the technology with the highest accuracy when you perform the Roll Correction calibration 1 Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height Above Ground field 2 Setting the antenna distance from the fixed axle 1l Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the fixed axle to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from Fixed Axle field Enter a negative value if the GPS receiver antenna is to the rear of the fixed axle The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction 202 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 3 Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it e Tire track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method which best matches the conditions Calculating the roll offset Tire track offset method Tip Trimble recommends that you use a highly repeatable GPS correction mode for roll correction For best results use a RTK mode or OmniSTAR HP signal that has been converged for at least twenty minutes If you do
234. ht of the slider shows the current setting The total range is 0 5 to 2 5 where 0 5 is the most sensitive setting and 2 5 is the least sensitive To try the new setting tap OK The Vehicle Calibration screen appears Select Manual Override again The Autopilot Manual Override Calibration screen appears again Repeat Steps b c and d to test each new setting Tip You can also evaluate the performance of the manual override feature under conditions of loading and or activities which may affect the pressure of the hydraulic system For example you can turn on the auxiliary hydraulics while you evaluate the manual override sensitivity f Tap OK to accept the new setting or Cancel to exit AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 185 9 The Autopilot Plugin Calibrating the steering angle sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steering sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Only perform the steering sensor calibration if a rotary potentiometer is installed on the vehicle Ifan AgGPS AutoSense device is selected as the steering angle sensor the Steering Sensor screen will not appear Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures This calibration requires the vehicle to be in motion Ensure that you perform this procedure on a hard level surface that is free of obstructions foll
235. hts used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must re establish the design over an existing benchmark to re establish the height 486 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin In this chapter E Introduction to field leveling m Configuring the FieldLevel Il plugin m Performing leveling in the field When you have completed a field survey and design with the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin you can use the FieldLevel II plugin to level the field to that design This chapter describes the steps required to configure and use the FieldLevel II plugin to modify fields AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 487 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Introduction to field leveling MultiPlane designs The FieldLevel II system supports external leveling designs from MultiPlane design software MultiPlane can run a wide range of what if scenarios enabling you to create complex designs with multiple field sections You can export these design control files and then load them into the FieldLevel II system to shape the field surface based on the work in the office Leveling models In addition to AutoPlane and MultiPlane design support the FieldLevel II system has four additional leveling models e Point to Slope the system levels at a consistent upward or downward slope regardless of the vehicle s direction
236. i button to the right of the display The Field Selection screen appears This is the screen where you either re open an existing field or create a new field You must select a Client Farm Field and Event in that order Note The first time that you use the Field Selection screen there are no existing fields so you must create one 2 Doone of the following Create anew client See Creating a client page 131 Select an existing client from the Client list The Farm list now contains only the farms associated with that client 3 Select the appropriate farm or create a new one 4 Select the appropriate field or create a new one 130 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 7 8 The Mapping Plugin 7 Select the appropriate event or create a new one To add more information for record keeping tap Event Attributes The Event Attributes screen appears See Adding record keeping information page 132 If necessary select a different implement See below Tap OK to enter the Run screen When you have created the field select a swath pattern to use while you drive the field Creating a client 1 Tap the New button beside the Client list The Client screen appears Tap the appropriate buttons to enter the name Select To CAPS enter capital letters or symbols lt lt delete the previous character CLEAR delete all characters and start again Tap OK when the name is entered Repe
237. ices Vea Ss Irimpie topk In the product documentation Note If two AgGPS Autopilot NavController II controllers are connected the Home screen shows a summary of both controllers If only a single controller is connected the Home screen appears as before 68 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Configuration screen The Configuration screen enables you to access most of the system settings that can be changed a System To access the Configuration screen press the Configuration button Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then press the Home button When the display asks if you would like to close the field tap Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 69 3 Getting Started Data Management screen The Data Management screen enables you to manipulate your saved data From either the display s internal memory or the CompactFlash card you can copy implements prescriptions data dictionaries field data or delete unwanted data To access the Data Management screen press the Data Management button O For more information see Copying or deleting card data page 583 70 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Run screen The Run screen displays the steering navigation If you select the Run screen and you have a field open the display
238. ies See page 381 Note This button is only available if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Note For anhydrous application the actual channel rate and the target rate are shown in lbs acre of N nitrogen not NH anhydrous ammonia AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 449 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current application rate will appear as Off To return to the overview press Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the planter to plant at To manually increase the TargetRate 220 FH target rate press To manually decrease the target rate press The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 382 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you have created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button will be available el Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate will appear between the and buttons Tank pressure button The tank pressure button e enables you to enter the tank pressure from the nurse tank gauge The system then calculates the density of the nitrogen or anhydrous ammonia
239. ight of the display The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Autopilot plugin and the TrueTracker plugin are both installed See Adding or removing a plugin page 76 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 229 11 The TrueTracker Plugin 3 On the Configuration screen select the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Setup Plugins _ Mapping film Autopilot GPS Receiver gt TrueTracker GPS Receiver The mplement Controller Setup screen appears Implement Controller Setup Imelement Controller Port rimalement Controller Settings Current Selection Not Available Imalement Settings Rallings 4 Inthe Port list select the connector on the FieldManager harness that the TrueTracker implement controller is connected to Note Before you continue to the next section of the setup tap OK and then return to this screen 230 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Step 3 Configuring the implement controller Your vehicle make and model were selected when your AgGPS TrueTracker system was installed This selection appears in the Implement Controller Settings group Ensure that the implement make and model that are displayed are correct If they are correct skip this step and proceed to Step 4 Configuring the GPS receiver on the implement page 234 Otherwise configure the implement controller as described here Note When you configure the implement make and mod
240. ilot Plugin 6 Test various gain settings while you monitor the vehicle performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase Adjust the New Gain field if desired b Turn the front wheels completely to the right to begin the test The test is for the stop to stop position c Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and low overshoot percentage less than 5 8 7 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons will be grayed out while the wheels slew 200 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 8 When you locate the best gain value Tap OK to save the value in the AgGPS Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 1 Select Roll Antenna Correction from the calibration list See page 179 The Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation screen appears 2 Before changing these settings complete the procedures described below AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 201 9 The Autopilot Plugin Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna compensation make sure that the AgGPS Autopilot system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured the correct GPS corrections are enabled you read t
241. in or the FieldLevel plugin The Manual Guidance plugin enables you to use the display for guidance from the virtual lightbar m Configuration m Configuring the GPS receiver m Guidance AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 169 8 The Manual Guidance Plugin Configuration The Manual Guidance plugin enables you to configure the onscreen vehicle appearance and color 1 From the Configuration screen select the Manual Guidance plugin and then tap Setup The Edit Vehicle screen appears 2 To change the onscreen vehicle color select a color from the list on the left 3 To change the vehicle s onscreen appearance select a vehicle type from the list on the right 4 Tap OK Note Any changes that you make to the vehicle color or appearance will remain even if you remove the Manual Guidance plugin and replace it with the Autopilot plugin 170 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Manual Guidance Plugin 8 Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Manual Guidance plugin the GPS Receiver plugin is installed too For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see Chapter 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin Guidance When you use the Manual Guidance plugin the Run screen looks similar to when the Autopilot plugin is installed except e there is no Autopilot tab on the right e there is no Engage button You can still access the Mapping plugin to add field features or create guidance lines
242. in page 78 266 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Step 3 Configuring the EZ Boom system settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Setup The EZ Boom Setup screen appears 2 Set the following options as required Option Description Boom Switching To turn off boom switching set the Boom Switching option to Off This lets you manually control the boom sections To use automated boom switching keep it set to On Turn Off When If the vehicle is a clutch operated planter set this option to No so you Stopped can continue planting even when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise select Yes Valve On Latency There can be a delay between the time when you send a command to the sprayer and the time when it begins or ends spraying Set the Valve On Latency setting to the number of seconds that the system takes to respond when a command is sent Rate1 default This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate switch is set to 1 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 267 12 The EZ Boom Plugin Option Description Rate2 Rate Increment Tank Capacity Warning Level Current Volume Manual Flush Refill Tank This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate switch is set to 2 When the Rate switch is in the Rate 1 or Rate 2 position the current application rate increases or decreases by this amount each time you
243. in 14 The row status is represented by its color Color Description Green The row is operating within bounds Red The row is outside the acceptable bounds A cross Row is disabled The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 8 rows Item Description Row is operating block sensor Row is off by channel Row is blocked or failed Row is operating slightly below the target rate line Row is operating slightly above the target rate line Row is passive master switch is off Row is operating but below the acceptable bounds oo N DN A U N Row is operating but above the acceptable bounds Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 433 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 4 Channel Setup Air Seeder Controller Materials Channel 1 Disabled Ghannels Channel 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled ae Channel 4 Disabled Other aenucr a Modules Reset Accumulators OK Figure 14 5 Application setup screen 434 AgGPS FieldM
244. ing Gain Calibration screen appears J CAUTION The steering coulters can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the AgGPS TrueTracker system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury Be prepared for sudden steering coulter movements 4 Tap Next The fourth Implement Steering Gain Calibration screen appears 5 Tap Next to continue The fifth Implement Steering Gain Calibration screen appears 246 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 6 Test various gain settings while you monitor the implement steering performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase a Adjust the New Gain field if desired b Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and overshoot percentage less than 10 7 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons will be grayed out while the wheels slew 8 When you locate the best gain value Tap OK to save the value in the AgGPS Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 247 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 1 Select Roll Antenna Compensation from the calibration
245. ing the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 195 9 The Autopilot Plugin Message Meaning Error Valve Connectors Could Be Swapped The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite direction to what was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error No GPS A GPS receiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steering Response Detected During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed in order for the calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To Determine DZ Try Again A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry and if the problem persists contact Technical Support Error Software Problem Detected The software was unable to complete the calibration due to insufficient movement of the vehicle If the problem persists contact Technical Support Calibrating the proportional steering gain Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration ONLY perform t
246. initially converged you can turn off the receiver When you turn the receiver back on accuracy levels will be similar to those experienced before shutdown To benefit from AgGPS Autoseed technology you must have an AgGPS 252 or 332 GPS receiver you must use OmniSTAR HP or XP corrections the receiver must be shut down the vehicle must not be moved before you turn the receiver on again the GPS receiver must have a clear view of the sky Note Vehicle movement will result in unsatisfactory performance including longer convergence times and positional offsets To enable the AgGPS Autoseed technology l On the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears In the Receiver Type list select TSIP In the Corrections list select either OmniSTAR HP XP or OmniSTAR HP XP VBS The Autoseed button becomes available Select Autoseed and then tap OK 222 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 10 Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software The FieldManager display has a virtual AgRemote interface for manually adjusting GPS receiver settings This is recommended for advanced users only To access the virtual AgRemote interface 1 From the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Tap AgRemote The virtual AgRemote inte
247. ion of the 2 bolt holes JN CAUTION Do not use the output module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt To tie strap the module to the implement r a Ifmounting holes on the implement are required use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Feed a long tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a Tru Count or Boom Section harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage 4 Repeat these steps for any additional output modules AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 53 3 Getting Started Installing the tractor ECU Mount the tractor ECU in the cab 1 Select an area in the cab to mount the tractor ECU that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the ECU enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes CAUTION Do not use the ECU enclosure as a guide when drillin
248. ion of the ways you can view the window see View modes page 42 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 139 7 The Mapping Plugin Selecting a swath pattern To obtain guidance with the AgGPS FieldManager display you can use e 1 ofthe 4 standard swath pattern types e the FreeForm guidance pattern See Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern page 147 Use the standard patterns to create different shaped guidance lines on the display Straight Curved guidance guidance lines lines Guidance lines enclosed in headlands Pivot guidance lines To select a swath pattern 1 On the Run screen select the Mapping tab 140 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 2 Tap Swaths The Swath Management screen appears 7 AB Line 2 Straight Current Figure 7 2 Swath Management screen Item Description 1 Guidance patterns 2 Line management buttons 3 Existing guidance lines 4 Guidance type buttons 3 Tap the appropriate pattern button on the right of the screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 141 7 The Mapping Plugin Creating a new line The type of line that you can create depends on the swath pattern that you have selected Creating a straight line There are 2 ways to create a straight line e AB Line Define the start and end points e A Line Define a point on the line and the heading direction To create a straight AB Line 1 From
249. ions screen appears b Enter the number of boom sections and then tap OK Note Do not include fence sections when you count the total number of sections 120 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Implement Configuration 6 The Implement Boom Setup screen reappears The graphic and the number of buttons along the base of the graphic will match the new number of sections Note The EZ Boom controller supports up to 10 boom sections lf one fence section is enabled you can have a maximum of 9 boom sections If both fence sections are enabled you can have a maximum of 8 sections c Tap each of the numbered buttons under the graphic to set the boom section widths By default each section width is set to an equal amount calculated by dividing the application width by the number of sections If you are configuring an EZ Boom system and the implement has a left fence section tap Left Fence Section A fence section is a spray section at the far left or right of the spray boom that points out to the side to cover fence lines The left fence section is controlled by the far left number 1 switch and the right fence section is controlled by the furthest active switch to the right on the EZ Boom controller If you are configuring an EZ Boom system and the implement has a right fence section tap Right Fence Section Tap OK The Edit Implement screen appears Tap OK again AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 121 6 Imple
250. iption will depend on which GIS package you use When you have created the prescription store either the three prescription files in ESRI shapefile format or the single gdx file in the AgGPS Prescriptions directory Then when you are within the proximity criteria the prescription will be available to load When you map a new field or select an existing field you can also select any shapefile shp or AgInfo GDX gdx prescription file created in AgInfo versions 3 5 44 0 or later that is within the following limits For this type of field Prescriptions must Boundary overlap the field boundary AB Line overlap the AB Line be within 1 km of the field If you load a shapefile prescription select the rate column If you use complex contoured prescriptions loading the prescriptions can take some time The AgGPS FieldManager display shows progress bars while it loads and converts prescriptions AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 279 12 The EZ Boom Plugin You can configure the status sliders on the main navigation screen the Run screen to display the target rate specified in the prescription file and the applied rates returned from the controller for the active channel When a field is open a prescription is loaded and a controller is connected the target rates read from the prescription and applied rates received from the controller can be displayed in the status text items An example with as ap
251. itch 327 552 EZ Boom plugin 261 EZ Boom system configuring 264 connecting 262 flow calibration 271 installing 262 introduction 262 pressure calibration 275 276 upgrading firmware 557 valve calibration 271 EZ Office software 563 F Farm directory 569 fault log 605 feature signal 539 remote output 539 features 158 area 128 configuring 125 line 128 point 127 features files 577 feedback 28 fence sections 121 field closing 168 features 158 hierarchy 36 starting 130 field boundary file 573 Field directory 570 field features configuring 124 field leveling description 470 requirements 471 FieldLevel II system activating 490 benefits 471 calibrating 501 installation 490 leveling models 488 616 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide FieldManager display upgrading firmware 557 files coverage logging 574 EventHistory 576 features 577 generating 564 opening 563 ProgramLog 578 settings 108 track logging 106 574 transferring 562 Fill Disk button 413 filling planter disks 413 firmware EZ Boom 557 master module 557 system upgrade 557 tractor ECU 557 firmware upgrade 557 flow calibration 271 flow meter constant 394 Flush liquid flow 355 sprayer 422 Flush Speed 332 forcing display to turn off 607 formats data 563 formatting data card 587 FreeForm curved 148 guidance pattern 147 recording 150 straight 148 switching sections 149 G Gear Ratio Index granular fertilizer 377 gr
252. itch to your system you can start and stop coverage logging remotely To connect a boom switch to the system l Attach 18 gauge insulated wire to the hot side of the boom switch Install a fuse in the wire Connect the wire to the positive terminal of the battery Connect the cold side of the boom switch to pin 1 of connector P2 Use a voltmeter to verify that when the boom switch is turned on 5 12 V DC is measured between pin 1 and GND Ensure that when the boom switch is turned off the voltage is zero 550 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 20 Figure 20 1 shows the wiring for connecting an external boom switch to the system Battery 4 Fuse Boom switch _ Con P2 Switch 0 Battery Figure 20 1 External boom switch connection Connecting an implement pressure switch To connect a pressure switch to the system 1 Attach 18 gauge insulated wire to the hot side of the pressure switch 2 Install a fuse in the wire 3 Connect the cold side of the pressure switch to pin 1 of connector P2 4 Use avoltmeter to verify that when the pressure switch is turned on 5 12 V DC is measured between pin 1 and GND Ensure that when the boom switch is turned off the voltage is zero AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 551 20 Advanced Configuration Figure 20 2 shows the wiring for connecting an external pressure switch to the system Battery Pressure swit
253. itectOry es awn 6b Saga dS Ree Law eww Ree Eee 570 Event directory s sss ajc de eed a Mates Be MOE anes ee ee 572 Files on the CompactFlash card 0 2 ee ee 573 Field boundary and AB Linefiles 0 00000 573 Coverage logging data 2 2 ee ee 574 Track logging files oes eerie ope ee Eos OG OE eRe 574 EventHistory file issih woe aa Rak ee Gee ee ae eos oe 576 F atures MES ie oner cee okt co del hark hand ce g ATS eee wc terre ne wh 577 ProgramLog message file 2 0 0 00 eee eee eee eee 578 Importing AB Lines or boundaries 0 0000000 ee eee 578 The Prescriptions directory 0 0 00 e eee eee 580 Copying or deleting carddata 2 ee ee 583 Copying carddata 2 eee ee 584 Deleting carddata no cesna gan ee ee 584 Data dictionaries s sena e aa a aei ia ee ale ee eee AE aia 588 Troubleshooting aasan aaa 593 Advanced diagnostics 2 1 ee ee ne 594 Viewing raw serialdata 1 ee ee 597 Restoring default settings 6 ee ees 599 Viewing AgGPS FieldManager display diagnostic information 600 Display configuration information 000 600 CompactFlash cardinformation 0 00000 600 Viewing vehicle diagnostic information 600 Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen 0 4 601 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen 20 603 Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen 0 0 00 0004 604 Aut
254. k and provides real time air pressure or vacuum readings to the system Produces pulses that are multiplied by a constant to calculate the speed of the vehicle Pulse Width Modulation PWM or servo valves provide control of seed liquid and granular flow Ensures accurate feedback to the liquid control channel for optimal control accuracy Automatically controls planter rows on off for precise seed placement Enables on off control based on the implement position For proper system operation connect all sensors used with the system as described in the following sections The system will not identify sensors that are incorrectly installed and this will result in the incorrect numbering of the sensors 56 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Seed sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john seed sensors You can connect seed sensors to the WSMT module and all WSMB planter monitor modules You can connect any number of sensors up to the maximum capacity of the module with a maximum of 148 seed sensors connected to the system When connecting seed sensors to the modules the following requirements must be observed All installed seed sensors must be connected to the seed sensor harness SEQUENTIALLY starting with the Row 1 input If you will not use all of the row inputs on the module the unused inputs must be the last inputs on that module CORRECT T Module seed sensor harness
255. l page 494 For information specific to the leveling model e For Point to Slope mode see below e For Leveling Laser mode see page 515 e For Contour mode see page 525 e For Leveling GPS mode see page 526 512 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Driving in Point to Slope mode When you drive in Point to Slope mode the FieldLevel tab appears as follows Tap To Edit Edit the design slope Up arrow Increase the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Down arrow Bench Auto Coarse Decrease the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 476 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill When selected the Up and Down arrows change the blade height by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 513 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin The slope is defined as the percentage vertical drop against horizontal travel A positive slope goes upwards and a negative slope goes downward For example if the slope is set to 1 the slope will drop 1 ft for every 100 ft horizontally traveled Vertical drop Actual slope 1 1 ft Horizontal travel 100 ft To view or change the Point t
256. ldManager Display User Guide Contents The Autopilot Plugin 55 173 Configuring the Autopilot plugin 0 0 0 0 0 000000 174 Selecting the vehicle ss ii bce e penea Rea eed eee 175 Adjusting the basic Autopilot settings 04 177 Introduction to Autopilot calibration 0 00000 179 Notes on calibration 4009 4ee be bho so EERE E ES 179 Common calibration items c isd ee ed REG Ade bh Kaew 179 Calibrating the Autopilot plugin 0 0 0 000008 181 Configuring the controller orientation 000 182 Configuring the manual override sensitivity 183 Calibrating the steering angle sensor 186 Calibrating the automated steering deadzone 191 Calibrating the proportional steering gain 196 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 201 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 209 Calibrating a tracked tractor 0 0 0 0 00 e ee eee 210 Calibrating a fly by wire tracked tractor 04 213 Saving a vehicle profile 2 eee 216 Configuring the GPS receiver oN aa ees Rae Sete bet ase ARS 217 Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting 0 0 0 0 ee eee 217 The GPS Receiver Plugin 5 219 Configuring the GPS receiver i oo aki an weak eee e eee Bo CUS 220 AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology 0 0 00 0004 222
257. le onscreen adjustments and automatic blade control makes leveling easy See Chapter 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin 470 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Benefits of the AgGPS FieldLevel Il system The AgGPS FieldLevel II system enables you to e reduce erosion and conserve topsoil e perform touch up leveling each year to avoid expensive land leveling services e use RTK GPS technology which has a significantly larger operating range than a laser and no vertical limit e work with your existing AgGPS guidance products to manage your fields with one collective system For example you can connect the AgGPS Autopilot system to the FieldManager display at the same time as the FieldLevel implement Requirements of the AgGPS FieldLevel II system The FieldLevel II system requires e An AgGPS FieldManager display firmware version 4 00 or above with or without the AgGPS Autopilot system e An unlock code for the FieldManager display field leveling functionality e A leveling implement Installation For installation instructions refer to the AgGPS FieldLevel II System Installation Instructions that are specific to your vehicle AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 471 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Configuration Install the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then press the Run button to create a new field For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 76
258. le variable rate controller Enable the Serial Rate Control plugin Select the port for the variable rate controller Configure the spray boom in the FieldManager display Enable and configure the variable rate controller in the FieldManager display Configure the variable rate controller Set any other features of the variable rate controller These steps are described in greater detail below 288 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 Step 1 Installing a non Trimble variable rate controller Use the hardware provided with your variable rate controller to mount it in the vehicle cab To use a variable rate controller you need to connect it to P5 Serial on the Autopilot harness Your controller may need a special adaptor cable to work correctly If so see your local Trimble reseller Most controllers will also need to be configured to accept input data from the AgGPS FieldManager display See the section covering your specific controller for additional instructions below X Tip Always make sure that the serial port connector is in place with screws firmly tightened if available Step 2 Enable the Serial Rate Control plugin For instructions on installing the Serial Rate Control plugin see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 78 Step 3 Configuring the spray boom in the FieldManager display Configure the spray boom as described in Chapter 6 Implement Configuration
259. lecting a swath pattern 2 ee 140 Creating 4 neW line ieee was wes oak ee ee ea Pele we Gk ea 142 Creating a straight line n aaau aaua 142 Creating a c ryed line s as speet a a e A a 143 Creating a headland nuanua 143 Creating a PIVOT ss se s a oe aii ea ee eee a wl a a os 145 The Record buttons 02nd sGieae dee peraiiiens Ge E RS 146 Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern 147 L ding a in 145 4 ok ee a hak Dae he ee ee A 151 Adding an access path 2 0 eee ee ee 152 Swath management 2 ee ee ee 154 Deleting a swath ee ee eee 154 Renamingaswath 0 0 eee ee ee eee 154 Shifting aswathis sc we eee oe aba le OG DE al Da aces ee te 155 Using the Guide to tabs ios ee os tase ew oh e ota oe eee Sears 156 Using Skip to fine tune navigation 0 0 0 0 00 00 157 Placing field features onscreen 1 0 eee eee 158 PaUsing CUidANCe wc eee se Des SF RO ORE DO A eee OE RES 159 Adjusting the status text size oana uaaa 160 Introduction to coverage logging 1 0 ee ee 161 WAVIGTIES s s iii Gouin ee di di dae oe A Re deg A hd oe Se eka 162 Closing a field ss ao iia 0 a a a Mada dose i hh dadadbe dls 168 The Manual Guidance Plugin 169 COMMBUPALION s s Sie gras eGo deg aes Roe hd ehh a ark Say doe 170 Configuring the GPS receiver 2 2 0 eee eee ee eee 171 GUIdaNCOss ees be eal a Re Be ee Oe whe ala Bare ee 171 AgGPS Fie
260. libration is complete the message Calibration complete appears in the Instructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 9 Tap OK 10 Calibrate each of the valves on other channels Control channel valve calibration Anhydrous The anhydrous control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters for anhydrous application 400 AgGP S FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 1 From the Multi Application Control Calibration screen tap the anhydrous entry The Valve Calibration screen appears Note The Limit Output button that was present for the other control channels does not appear for anhydrous 2 Inthe Max Speed window enter the upper speed limit 3 Inthe Max App Rate window enter the maximum application rate CAUTION Only adjust the calibration parameters if instructed to do so by Technical Support 4 Ifnecessary adjust the calibration parameters a Tap Parameters The Edit calibration parameters screen appears b Adjust any settings and then tap OK The Valve Calibration screen reappears WARNING The anhydrous valve calibration requires the vehicle and implement to be moving and the implement must be in the ground the implement lift switch must be down Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 5 Begin to drive the vehicle 6 Tap Start a
261. line feature or ey ee eel FreeForm curve To use the Guide to tabs 1 Tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the Guide to tabs select Swaths for guidance along a swath Line Features for guidance along a line feature FreeForm for FreeForm curves 3 If you selected Swaths select the appropriate swath from the list on the left and then tap Load Line Features guidance will automatically occur on the nearest feature Tap Load The list shows the types and numbers of line features in the current field FreeForm select the appropriate FreeForm curve and then tap Load The Run screen appears The next time that you engage automated steering you will be guided along the swath line feature or FreeForm curve 156 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Using Skip to fine tune navigation The software uses the original swath that you have driven to automatically generate the position of the other swaths Occasionally these new onscreen swaths do not perfectly reflect where your swaths are For example you might need to skip to the other side of a road To correct the spacing of the automatically generated swaths in a field use the Skip function After the swaths have been generated 1 From the Run screen tap Skip The Enter the Skip Distance screen appears EE co 2 Enter the Skip distance and then tap OK The guidance line moves the req
262. ling Setup screen to return to the Run screen 524 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Driving in Contour mode When you drive in Contour mode the FieldLevel tab appears as follows Item Description Up Hill Left Up Hill Right Coarse Up arrow Down arrow Bench Guide Select whichever of these 2 buttons is appropriate e If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your left and the downhill slope on your right select Up Hill Left e If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your right and the downhill slope on your left select Up Hill Right When selected the Up and Down arrows change the blade height by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Increase the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Decrease the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 476 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Select Guide to get lightbar guidance at the current level The FieldLevel height indicators on screen show you whether to raise or lower the blade for the contour to remain at the same level AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 525 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Driving in Leveling GPS mode When you drive in Leveling Laser mode the FieldLevel tab appears as follows Tap To Edit
263. ll Controller Materials Channel 1 Disablea Channels Channel 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled Eckel glared Channel 4 Disabled Other Aenucr a Modules Reset Accumulators OK Figure 14 2 Application setup screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 417 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin To access the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 412 2 Tap the appears button The Channel Product Level screen To reset the material accumulator and the tank level tap Zero Accum 418 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Operating a sprayer liquid flow A CAUTION When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a sprayer with the Multi Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen ae ix 5 4 2 3 Item Description 1 Sprayer tab 2 Logging on off button 3 Sprayer bar 4 Sprayer section and sensors information tab 5 Additional sensor readings AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 419 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Turning the sprayer on or off The master switch controls spraying When you turn on the master switch lo
264. llation 54 master switch 333 planter 409 material accumulator 417 air seeder 434 materials anhydrous 380 granular fertilizer 370 granular seed 358 liquid flow 346 planter 334 Max Flow Rate anhydrous 387 Maximum Rate anhydrous 382 granular fertilizer 372 granular seed 361 liquid flow 348 Index planter 337 Measure Unit anhydrous 387 member modules 315 installation 51 message NMEA 223 Mid Tech variable rate controller 291 Min Row Fail Rate granular seed 363 planter 339 Minimum Override 332 Minimum Rate anhydrous 382 granular fertilizer 372 granular seed 361 liquid flow 348 planter 337 modules Auto configuring 316 BOM 320 BSM 65 checking 321 configuration 314 CSM 65 member 315 TCOM 65 320 monitor only mode 452 Multi Application benefits 310 components 305 configuration 312 diagnostics 455 installation 49 312 Introduction 304 reloading configuration 314 saving configuration 313 units 309 warning messages 457 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 621 Index New Leader variable rate controller 296 NMEA message output 223 NMEA messages 221 no output remote output 539 non Trimble variable rate controller 288 nudge 178 Number of Rows granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 planter 344 number pad virtual 39 0 offset 489 offset buttons 497 499 offset implement 117 on off button 34 opening shp dbf files 563 operating air seeder 424 anhydrous 444 drill 407 granular fertilizer 436 plant
265. ller the AgGPS FieldManager display uses the boom section widths boom_cals that you set on the controller to determine the application width The Application Width setting in the Implement Boom Setup screen is ignored Tip Make sure that boom sections are used sequentially starting with boom section 1 and make sure that any unused boom section widths are set to zero Otherwise the AgGPS FieldManager display may not display the logging correctly The controller may not immediately recognize configuration changes for example if the switch position of the DataLink interface changes or ifthe boom section width changes If configurations change in this way turn the variable rate controller off and then back on This will force it to re read all settings Using the controller When the controller is used in the field make sure that the channel that you are using for spraying has its channel switch set to Alt Rate This tells the controller to accept rates for that channel from the external computer AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 293 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin If the channel being controlled has its switch set to either the OFF or Rate position the rate being sent to the controller by the AgGPS FieldManager display will be ignored If a channel switch other than that the one corresponding to the channel selected is set to the Alt Rate position then that rate will be set to zero CAUTION With Mid Tech controller
266. llowing orientations to mount the WSMT on the vehicle Facing down preferred Facing left acceptable Facing right acceptable Note Do not install the module in any other orientation The connection wires must not point upwards or dust and rain may enter the module 50 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Installing working set member WSMB modules Mount the working set member module s WSMB on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those for a master module See Installing the working set master module page 50 Mount the module with the label facing out 2 Doone of the following To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes CAUTION Do not use the member module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt To tie strap the module to the implement r a If mounting holes on the implement are required use the module as a template to LI mark the positio
267. ls are disabled and rate is not controlled When you have configured the modules and entered the materials but you have not yet assigned the materials to channels 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels The Channel Setup screen appears Channel 1 Disabled Oia The 4 possible channels are available but there is also an additional monitor channel 452 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 2 Select Monitor Disabled from the channel list A warning message appears 3 Read the warning and then tap OK 4 Select the material to assign to Monitor only mode from the Material list Ol at lalar menx ieele Channel 1 Disabled LEVEL Channel 2 Disabled Channel 3 Disabled Channel 4 Disabled 34 Monitor Corn Population Adjust 100 00 Population Fitter 0 00 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 453 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 5 Adjust the Population Adjust and Population Filter settings if necessary Item Description Population Adjust Scales the displayed population by a percentage 100 no scaling Population Filter Stabilizes the monitored population display 0 no filtering 99 maximum filtering 6 Tap OK When you operate the plugin in the field the system will not display rate information Instead it will display the text Monitor only The channel detail button gt will not be available To disa
268. lugin 14 Item Description Increment When you press the or button on the run screen channel tab Decrement you increase or decrease the granular fertilizer target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Density The weight per volume of the material to dispense If you do not know the density enter 1 Low RPM Limit The lowest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate High RPM Limit The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Spreader Constant Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor pulses per liter cubic ft of material Ensure that this is as accurate as possible If you know the spreader constant enter it but using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 402 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen To add a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap the appropriate units button either kg ha or lbs a c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen ied eet d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the run scr
269. m Rate The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment When you press the or button on the run screen planter tab you Decrement increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by 382 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 To adda target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap the appropriate units button either kg ha or lbs a c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen C ango 1102s 5007 wom gt a d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the run screen You can add up to 8 preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm weight When the amount of product drops to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add
270. main view The fifth level of zoom in the plan view is a summary view of all your coverage It adjusts depending on the size of the field It does not include grid lines Tip If you close the field create a second field and then show the summary view the summary view may be zoomed to show the area of both fields To avoid this restart the display The view will be correct AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 43 2 Features and Functions 44 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 3 Getting Started In this chapter This chapter explains how to complete the initial installation and then turn on Installing the display the display m Connecting the display m Installing key Multi Application Control components Inserting the CompactFlash card in the socket m Turning on the display m Turning off the display AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 45 3 Getting Started Installing the display Mount the AgGPS FieldManager display in the vehicle cab in a position that is easily accessible 1 Use the included M6 x 1 screws to firmly screw the mounting plate to the back of the display 2 Attach the RAM mount to the ball on the mounting plate 46 AgGP S FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 3 Select where in the cab you would like the display to be The AgGPS FieldManager display is mounted in the cab with a bar style RAM mount 4 Use the pr
271. ment Configuration Deleting an implement To delete an implement that you no longer require 1l From the Edit Implement screen select the appropriate implement from the Current Implement list 2 Tap Delete A warning dialog appears 3 Tap Delete to confirm the deletion 122 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 7 The Mapping Plugin In this chapter Introduction to field features m Configuring field features Starting a field The parts of the Run screen Selecting a swath pattern Creating a new line Swath management Using the Guide to tabs Changing the implement Using Skip to fine tune navigation Placing field features onscreen Pausing guidance Adjusting the status text size m Introduction to coverage logging m Varieties m Closing a field The Mapping plugin is permanently installed It adds field features and guidance patterns to the display This chapter describes how to set up and use field features and how to use the plugin to perform steering navigation AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 123 7 The Mapping Plugin Introduction to field features You can place field features in the field to define points of interest or areas to avoid There are three types of field feature Feature type What it defines Example Point a single point in a field Tree Line a straight or curved line in a field Fence Area an area of land Pond Configure field features t
272. ment guidance relative to the guidance line Each LED on the second lightbar represents 1 inch Implement status text items A number of status text items provide information about the implement For more information see page 95 These status text items can be set to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab The following items can also be viewed by tapping the corrections status button at the top right of the screen e Implement GPS Status e Implement Correction Type Implement Correction Age e Latitude e Longitude e Altitude e Satellites e HDOP e VDOP e Network ID AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 257 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Implement tab When the TrueTracker plugin is installed the TrueTracker tab becomes available on the main run screen The TrueTracker tab enables you to adjust the implement steering independently of the vehicle steering For example if you can see that the implement is consistently to one side of the guidance line but the vehicle is correctly online you can apply Trim to the implement to correct it Note If the implement is consistently offline there may be a roll calibration issue Recheck the roll calibration Engage button When implement steering is enabled the Engage button changes state It has two status indicators e The main button color which represents vehicle steering e The small inner color which represents implement steering
273. mines which options you see later in the setup process 7 Tap Application Rates The Application Rate Setup screen appears am ieee CEE Eu e Em E 360 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 8 The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Granular seed distribution rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric kg ha Kilograms of seeds per hectare kg l Kilograms per liter density US Imperial Ibs a pounds of seeds per acre Ibs ft 3 pounds per cubic foot density Enter the following values Item Minimum Rate Maximum Rate Increment Decrement Density Seeds per Pound Low Shaft RPM High Shaft RPM Spreader Constant Description The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select When you press the or button on the run screen channel tab you increase or decrease the granular seeder target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The weight per volume of the material to dispense If you do not know the density enter 1 The number of seeds per pound This is used to convert the current application rate to kS ha kS a The lowest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor
274. module 0 eee ee eee 456 Warning messages 1 ee 457 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 469 Introduction to field leveling 0 0 eee eee ee eee 470 DeSCHPUON iii ete ee EN ae oe Rs Pate wR as 470 Benefits of the AgGPS FieldLevel Ilsystem 471 Requirements of the AgGPS FieldLevel II system 471 Installation eeik dn be ee Shas wae Be Dae Gee EE 471 Conmfsurationy sis sa se wed Ae hes ae ee oe dh ae 472 Configuring the implement for leveling 474 Operations sa asine eww amp Mae S Saha a a Me ee Rew s EB Coy 476 RUM soree ea ao 4 a ee ee a Ged Gee a Bee a pe tee 476 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 19 Contents 16 20 Creating a S UrVeY s e ct nt bed waa eh ee a a A eae 476 Field design sasien ad da te wae hog Pe Gea a we a hale Be 482 Terminology essre siest yp tawen 4 bao edad eee eee wd 483 Options onthe screen 2 ee ee ee 483 Creating a design iain rde oa Mw a SRR a RN ee Me 485 Saving thenewdesign 0 cee eee 485 Reloading afield css suini mosi p bee shed whe woe Dk os wk ee ee 485 The FieldLevel II Plugin 487 Introduction to field leveling 0 0 eee eee ee eee 488 MultiPlane designs 1 2 ee ee eee 488 Leveling models ssri ee Ge Boe we ee A 488 Terminology 4 i a ow Mito wee Oe eee Soak Mca eos 489 Configuring the FieldLevel II plugin 00048 490 Step 1 Activ
275. mporting animplement 115 Increment Decrement anhydrous 382 granular fertilizer 373 granular seed 361 liquid flow 349 planter 337 indicators blade height 505 Input Filter anhydrous 387 granular fertilizer 377 Index granular seed 367 liquid flow 354 inserting the card 66 installation 490 accessory harness 55 Enalta sensors 546 EZ Boom controller 262 implement harness 62 master module 50 master module harness 54 member module 51 Multi Application 312 Multi Application Control 49 output modules 52 sensors 56 test switch 49 the display 46 tractor ECU 54 variable rate controller 289 installed plugins 75 Interior button 480 introduction 26 introduction to coverage logging 161 K keyboard layout 90 keyboard virtual 38 K Factor 394 anhydrous 387 liquid flow 355 L language 89 layout ofkeyboard 90 Lead time 282 LED brightness 91 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 619 Index spacing 91 left fence section 121 level of diagnostics 595 Level tab in Point to Slope mode 513 leveling 488 status text items 506 leveling model Leveling 488 Point to Slope 488 lightbar 135 configuring 90 display mode 91 implement 257 mount 91 text message 91 line acquisition aggressiveness 209 creating 142 curve 143 curved 143 features 128 headland 143 loading 151 pivot 145 straight 142 line acquisition aggressiveness 255 liquid fertilizer valve calibration 396 liquid flow alarms 350 Application Ra
276. n productive Off Non productive e AP Engaged Engaged productive Disengaged non productive e Minimum Speed Above productive Below non productive AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 547 19 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Operation When you go to open a field enter the additional details When the conditions that you set in the configuration are met they trigger pop up messages on the FieldManager display 548 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 20 Advanced Configuration In this chapter Configuring remote logging m Changing the password m Saving the vehicle configuration Saving an HTML version of the current field Upgrading the FieldManager display firmware Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware Unlocking additional devices When you have completed the basic configuration steps you can e Use this chapter to configure more advanced features for higher accuracy or better performance e Begin driving See Chapter 7 The Mapping Plugin Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then press the Home button When the display asks if you would like to close the field tap Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 549 20 Advanced Configuration Configuring remote logging Connect a spray boom switch If you connect a boom sw
277. n does not appear for planters Raise the implement Apply the tractor brakes and lock in the applied position Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position ao Fk Ww N Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system 6 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature CAUTION Only adjust the calibration parameters if instructed to do so by Technical Support 7 Turn on the master switch 398 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 8 Ifthe material is granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer and you want to limit the range of the PWM valve a Tap Limit Output and buttons appear on the screen b Press or to adjust the limit of the valve AN WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death c When you have found the maximum limit tap Start AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 399 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Ifyou used the Limit Output function the calibration begins Ifyou did not use the Limit Output function turn on the Master switch The calibration begins The PWM value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When the ca
278. n internal A line tap Use A 8 Tap Back to HL The buttons on the Mapping tab change back to their original appearance E 144 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 When you complete the headland circuit the system will draw a straight line from the vehicle back to the start point so drive the vehicle to a position on the headland circuit where a straight line back to the start will not cut off part of the pattern Tap Close HL The new headland appears Creating a pivot 1 From the Swath Management screen tap the Pivot field pattern Tap New Pivot The Run screen appears Drive to a point on the outermost rut of the pivot and then tap Set A Follow the pivot rut around to the end and then tap Set B The Enter Distance to Pivot Field Edge screen appears Enter the distance or the number of rows from the current path to the outside of the pivot and then tap OK The pivot appears Adjusting the outer edge radius The pivot has an outer edge radius that is used to calculate coverage area Once you have created a pivot you can adjust the outer edge radius 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swath Management screen appears In the Outer Edge Radius window enter a value that represents the distance from the pivot center to the outer edge Note The default is the AB curve AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 145 7 The Mapping Plugin The Record button When
279. n of the 2 bolt holes f b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 51 3 Getting Started c Feed a long tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a WSMB harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage The WSMB module harness can accept a standard DICKEY john style planter harness Harnesses are available for a number of row configurations 4 Repeat these steps for any additional member modules Note You must install a CAN terminator on the last module harness for proper system operation Installing output modules Mount the output modules on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those for a master module See Installing the working set master module page 50 Mount the module with the label facing out 52 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 2 Doone of the following To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the posit
280. nd then turn on the master switch The calibration begins If the vehicle speed drops too far or the vehicle stops moving the calibration will abort The value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When the calibration is complete the message Calibration complete appears in the Instructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 7 Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 401 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Spreader constant Note This is only available for granular seed and fertilizer applications The spreader constant establishes the value for the amount of material dispensed through the application rate sensor The value entered defines the pulses from the feedback sensor per ft of material discharged Each material and gate setting as applicable has its own spreader constant For best results the value must be as accurate as possible This value may be set manually However using the spreader constant calibration sequence is recommended for the most accurate results Note This calibration requires scales to measure the amount of material collected X Tip The hopper must contain material Use a container to catch the material so you can weigh it For example put buckets under the spreader tubes To calibrate the sensor 1 Place material in the hopper 2 Raise the implement 3 Apply the tractor brakes and lock in the ap
281. ne Cover area Area covered Cover distance Cover time Engage time Distance covered Time engaged 576 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Features files When features are recorded in the field each type of feature is saved in three feature shapefiles in the Field directory as follows These features Are saved in these files Point PointFeature Line LineFeature Area AreaFeature One row of data is stored in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature of that feature type recorded in the field Table 21 5 lists the information stored in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature Table 21 5 Features files contents Column Field description Notes Date Date the feature was created yyyy mm dd Time Time the feature was recorded hh mmiss s Version Features attribute file version ID Feature ID Name Feature name Area Field area Area only ha Perimeter Field perimeter distance Area only meters Length Length of the AB Line meters Swathsin Dist1 Dist2 PrefWeight Only recorded in point features Latitude Antenna latitude decimal degrees Longitude Antenna longitude decimal degrees Height Ground mean sea level height at antenna meters position If you are mapping on a slope the height may be wrong AlarmRad Alarm radius meters AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 577 21 Data Management Column Field description Notes WarningRad Warning radius meters S
282. ne use the Record button See page 146 Drive the curve until you reach the end point and then tap Set B The new curve appears Creating a headland A Headland is a straight AB Line or an A line pattern that is confined inside a boundary This boundary is called the headland Note If you want to create a headland based on the A line pattern select the straight line pattern and then set the A heading for the internal line Then complete the steps below AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 143 7 The Mapping Plugin 1 From the Swath Management screen select the Headlands field pattern 2 Inthe Headlands window enter the width of the headland boundary in swaths For example if you enter 2 the headland will be 2 swaths wide 3 Tap New Headland The Run screen appears with the headland definition buttons on the Mapping tab pi SGEE Init a 4 Drive to the start point of the headland and then tap Record A red line appears behind the vehicle to show that the headland is being recorded You need to define the inner pattern before you complete the headland 5 To define the inner pattern tap Infill The Mapping tab changes to show the inner pattern buttons 6 When you get to the point where you want the A point tap Set A 7 Doone of the following Tocreate an internal AB Line drive to the point where you want the B point at least 50 m 164 ft and then tap Set B Tocreate a
283. nels anhydrous 384 granular fertilizer 374 granular seed 363 liquid flow 350 planter 339 configuring materials 614 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide anhydrous 380 granular seed 358 liquid 346 connecting EZ Boom system 262 serial data input 542 the display 48 constant spreader 402 control channel valve calibration 396 400 control mode granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 365 liquid flow 352 controller configuring 494 orientation 236 copying card data 583 corrections 220 coverage logging boom section width 295 directory 565 files 574 coverage logging introduction 161 coverage mapping setting 301 creating a benchmark 477 anewline 142 FreeForm 147 headland 143 pivot 145 creating a client 131 creating a field 130 creating animplement 112 CSM modules 65 311 curve smoothing 596 curved line 143 cut fill 489 D data accessing 562 logging variable rate 284 data card formatting 587 data dictionaries 588 data formats 563 Data Management screen 70 deadzone configuring for automated steering 191 239 definition 180 error messages 195 243 default settings restoring 599 defining a plane 516 527 definition steering deadzone 180 delay time granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 366 liquid flow 353 planter 342 delete swath 154 deleting all card data 585 card 583 implement 122 Density granular fertilizer 373 granular seed 361 description air seeder 306 anhydrous 308 benchmarks 476 bla
284. ng This chapter is broken into 5 parts See the relevant section that applies to your implement CAUTION Please note that in this chapter the value 0 represents disabled For example the Shut Off Speed option enables you to set the low speed that will cause the system to shut off If you set the Shut Off Speed to 0 it will not shut off when the value reaches 0 Instead the Shut Off Speed option will be disabled and the multi application device will not shut off due to a low speed You can only install one variable rate control plugin at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Serial Rate Control plugin when the Multi Application Control plugin is installed 304 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Introduction to flow and application functionality This chapter describes how to use the Multi Application Control plugin with DICKEY john components to control the following applications Item Description Planter Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 4 products at once Tru Count air clutch support for turning rows or sections on or off automatically Drill Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed pop
285. nnector that your system uses Most recent Autopilot systems use an AgGPS AutoSense device 178 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Introduction to Autopilot calibration When you have configured the vehicle make and model calibrate the system for your individual vehicle The AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system calibration process records additional details about your vehicle These details help the system to steer the vehicle more accurately It is especially important to have all the settings correct for high accuracy systems The vehicle calibration screens contain tools for calibrating the vehicle These tools are similar to the tools found in the AgGPS Autopilot Toolbox II software Notes on calibration e Before you perform vehicle calibration select the vehicle make and model on the Vehicle Setup screen See Selecting the vehicle page 175 e Nocalibration is required if the system is installed on a Cat MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option Common calibration items You can calibrate several aspects of the vehicle The calibrations that are available depend on which components are installed in the vehicle and system Four calibration options appear for all types of vehicle AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 179 9 The Autopilot Plugin Note You must perform the Controller Orientation and the Roll Correction calibrations Option Description Controller Ori
286. nnels with one target rate ay If you have more than one product with the same name the Combine Channels button appears on the Channel Setup screen In the example to the right there are 2 channels of planter seed named Corn1 The 2 channels that these seeds run through can be combined to utilize the same target rate AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 389 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin When you tap Combine Channels the channels with the same names are combined She Channel 1 Corn1 Li A 390 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Calibrating sensors To calibrate the sensors on the Configuration screen select the Multi Application Control plugin and then tap Calibrate The Multi Application Control Calibration screen appears This section describes how to calibrate To calibrate a See ground speed constant page 392 flow meter constant page 394 control channel valve for a planter granular seed page 396 granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer control channel valve for anhydrous application page 400 spreader constant page 402 planter seed count page 404 When you have calibrated the system see Continuing page 406 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 391 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Ground speed constant If you have set either the primary ground speed sensor or the backup ground speed sensor to CAN Gr
287. now calibrated Select one of the following To operate a See planter or drill sprayer air seeder spreader anhydrous unit Operating a planter or drill page 407 Operating a sprayer liquid flow page 419 Operating an air seeder granular seed page 424 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer page 436 Operating an anhydrous unit page 444 406 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Operating a planter or drill JN CAUTION When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a planter or drill with the Multi Application Control plugin several new items appear on the Run screen 7 6 2 Item Description 1 Planter tab 2 Logging on off button 3 Planter row details button 4 Channel to row assignment bar 5 Row status bar 6 Row and sensor information tab 7 Additional sensor readings AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 407 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Turning the planter on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 410 If an optional implement lift switch is installed to plant seed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging
288. ns HDOP The current Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the blade receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better Heading The current heading of the blade in degrees from direct north Latitude The blade s current latitude Longitude The blade s current longitude Network ID The RTK network ID of the blade receiver s corrections North The distance that the blade receiver is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark Offset Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master benchmark Satellites The number of satellites currently being received by the FieldLevel GPS receiver Speed The speed of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 101 5 The System Plugin Category Item Description Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green Up The height of the blade receiver relative to the field origin point a negative numbe
289. nsors are Installed NOT INSTALLED connected sequentially on all Incorrectly SEQUENTIALLY ON A modules MODULE 1 Incorrect hopper sensor connections 2 Defective hopper sensor 3 Defective module or damaged module harness 2 Inspect hopper sensor for damage or replace 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 464 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 230 Pressure PRESSURE SENSORS ARE 1 Verify pressure sensors are Sensors NOT INSTALLED connected sequentially on all Installed SEQUENTIALLY ON A modules Incorrectly MODULE 2 Inspect pressure sensor for 1 Incorrect pressure sensor damage or replace connections 3 Inspect module and or 2 Defective pressure module harness for damage sensor Replace if necessary 3 Defective module or damaged module harness 232 RPM Sensor RPM HAS DROPPED 1 Inspect RPM sensor for Low Limit BELOW THE LOW ALARM damage Replace if necessary Exceeded With LEVEL AND THE DISABLE 2 Inspect module harness for Control CONTROL ON LOW ALARM damage Repair or replace Channel SETTING IS ENABLED ON 3 Inspect module for damage Shutdown THE OTHER SENSOR SETUP Replace if necessary SCREEN 4 Increase RPM 1 Defective RPM sensor 2 Damaged module harness 3 Defective module 4 Low RPM 233 Channel Delay CHANNEL DELAY OR 1 Acknowledge alarm to or Precharge
290. nt line Multi Average Population The average rate across all rows ae Avg Seed Spacing The average spacing between the planted seeds Contro across all of the rows Control Speed The speed reported to the multi application controller System Available Memory The available internal memory in the display Coverage Percent The percentage of the field area that is covered area AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 97 5 The System Plugin Category Item Description Event Coverage Area The area that has been logged during the current event Event Coverage The distance covered while logging during the Distance current event Event Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current event Field Area The field area within a pivot or headland boundary Free Space on Card The amount of free space on the CompactFlash card GMT Time The current Greenwich Mean Time Implement The name of the current implement Local Time The local time Productive Area The area of Area Features that are designated as productive Session Coverage Area The area that has been logged during the current session Session Coverage Dist The distance covered while logging during the current session Session Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current session Session Time The length of the current field session EZ Boom Applied Rate The current rate Area to Empty The area that
291. nular fertilizer 374 granular seed 363 planter 339 productivity monitoring configuring 546 operation 548 Productivity Monitoring plugin 545 ProgramLog file 578 proportional steering gain calibration 196 243 radio shared 234 Range 329 Raven variable rate controller 294 raw serial data 597 Rawson variable rate controller 296 rebenching 478 479 510 Record button 146 record keeping 132 re entering a field 479 510 release notes 27 reloading configuration Multi Application 314 remote logging 550 remote output 538 configuring 538 distance based pulse 539 624 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide no output 539 pinout information 538 time based pulse 539 when engaged 539 Remote Output plugin 537 removing a plugin 76 removing the card 66 rename swath 154 requirements FieldLevel II system 471 requirements TrueTracker system 228 Reset Level 344 anhydrous 388 granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 liquid flow 356 resetting the master module 456 restoring default settings 599 roll correction flag method 206 tire track method 203 roll offset calculating 251 correction 248 correction configuring 250 coulter wheel method 251 entering 254 flag method 252 roll offset correction 201 row details 415 air seeder 432 row information tab 415 row sensors configuring 322 types 324 row switching 310 row description 309 RPM Constant 328 RPM Filter 328 RPM sensor 326 RPM fan sensors 58 RTK NetID 220 Run screen
292. o Slope gradient tap Edit on the Level tab 514 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Driving in Leveling Laser mode When you drive in Leveling Laser mode the FieldLevel tab appears as follows Tap To Edit Edit the design slope Bench Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 476 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Raise the blade by the Blade Step amount Lower the blade by the Blade Step amount Auto Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill Coarse When the Coarse button is selected pressing the or button will move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 515 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Defining a plane A plane is define by four basic measurements Description Example 1 An initial point A Point A is the hinge point for the main slope When the main slope is changed in the Plane Leveling Setup screen the plane will pivot r about point A A point 2 The heading or direction of the main slope 7 Heading e 3 Main slope in percent Main slope Cross slope 4 The cross slope of the plane in percent The cross slope plane rotates about the main slope defined by o Note The design will always rotate about the A point and the main slope as described However ifyou
293. o the Auxiliary Input Refer to Assignment Auxiliary Input Auxiliary Input Function Assignment 2 Decline use of Auxiliary Input Switch 202 Ground Speed ONLY ACTIVE IN PLANTER 1 Verify correct speed source Failure MONITOR MODE SEEDS setting and speed calibration ARE DETECTED WHEN on the Ground Speed THERE IS NO GROUND Calibration screen SPEED 2 Inspect speed sensor harness 1 Incorrect speed source for damage or replace speed setting or calibration sensor 2 Defective speed sensor 3 Replace module or display or harness 3 Defective module or display 203 Continuous Test CONTROL CONDITIONS 1 Enter an appropriate test Failure EXCEED THE DISK RPM speed LIMITS 2 Verify or enter appropriate 1 Test Speed setting is set too high or low 2 Disk High Limit and or Disk Low Limit settings are incorrect Disk High Limit and or Disk Low Limit values AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 457 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 205 Control 1 Defective control valve 1 Inspect control valve for Channel Failure 2 Defective feedback damage or replace sensor 2 Inspect feedback sensor for 3 Defective module damage or replace harness or module 3 Inspect module harness for harness fuse damage Replace harness 4 Defective module fuse 4 Inspect module for damage or replace 206 Control 1 Incorrect control 1 Verify correct setup const
294. o view the raw serial data 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Diagnostics The System Diagnostics screen appears Sent 36 ts Sent 0 Received 0 This screen shows each of the connectors ports on the FieldManager harness and the number of data packets that have been sent and received AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 597 22 Troubleshooting 2 To view the raw data from a port tap the appropriate View button The port diagnostics screen for that port appears The screen displays either ASCII text or Hex code depending on which button is selected Tap ASCII to view incoming data from the NMEA data string The Hex code is for engineering use only The data only appears when the capture button is selected Virtual LEDs on the P4 Capture and P5 Capture buttons flash to show that data is being sent or received on that serial port To view the data select the way in which you would like to see the data with the ASCII or Hex buttons Then tap either P4 Capture or P5 Capture Approximately 5 seconds of serial data will be captured and presented on the screen You can review the data or capture another snapshot Note Data shown in green is incoming data data shown in red is outgoing data 598 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Restoring default settings You can reset the display to its default values This can be useful if e you have made chan
295. of any wind gusts The average wind direction The amount of cloud cover A description of the state of the soil AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Item Description Soil type A description of the soil type in the field Temperature The current temperature Relative humidity Crop Target pests Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Custom 4 Material The humidity percentage The crop grown in this field If spraying the pest that the spray targets Additional information of your choosing Additional information of your choosing Additional information of your choosing Additional information of your choosing The material being applied AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 133 7 The Mapping Plugin The parts of the Run screen The Run screen is where you receive guidance and drive the vehicle The appearance of the screen changes depending on which plugins you have installed a rr Figure 7 1 Parts of the Run screen Item Description 1 Virtual lightbar 2 GPS receiver s information 3 Plugin tabs Autopilot tab shown 4 Logging and engage buttons 5 Plugin information tabs Mapping plugin tab shown 6 Guidance window These items are described in more detail below 134 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Virtual lightbar The virtual lightbar provides vehicle guidance When the vehicle is perfectly on the guidance line the 3 c
296. of rows set in the implement setup The number of sensors based on the total number of sensors controlled by all the modules as defined in the module setup 3 Tap Implement Setup to configure the implement if necessary AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 323 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 4 Set the rows There are 4 possible settings for a sensor Heading Appearance Description Population ON The sensor is configured as a population or Hi Rate i sensor that has the ability to count each seed as it passes the sensor Note To utilize this option a Hi Rate population style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder Blockage ON The sensor is configured as a blockage type sensor i that has the ability to detect seed passing by the sensor When this option is selected the user is notified when there is a blockage on a specific row This style of seed sensor is not accurate enough to provide population information Note To utilize this option a blockage style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder Disabled OFF x The row is disabled Absent i The sensor is not there Note This setting is not selectable It is automatically assigned by the system if it does not detect a sensor There are two ways to set the row sensors Youcan use the Pattern group to apply a repeating pattern to the sensors Tap to add or to remove a sensor
297. oller a Tap From Controller new b Tap the Selected Model drop down box and then select the make and model that you require from the list To select from a database on the CompactFlash card a Tap From Database new b Tap Browse c Select the vdb file that you want to open and then tap Open To select a saved vehicle make and model from the card a Tap From Saved File existing b Tap Browse c Select the file that you require and then tap Open Tap Change Restore Vehicle The following message appears The specified vehicle model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue 176 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 Note If you select a vehicle make and model but do not upload that configuration to the AgGPS Autopilot controller that make and model will not be loaded 7 Tap OK to load the new configuration A dialog with the message Upload completed appears 8 Tap OK A warning message appears The file is now loaded Adjusting the basic Autopilot settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 2 Tap Settings The Vehicle Settings screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 177 9 The Autopilot Plugin Enter a value in the Nudge Trim Increment window Use this increment to set
298. on 2 Press the MODE button twice 3 Press the SET button to switch the controller between GPS and non GPS Communications The baud rate used by the controller must set to 9600 baud You need to connect the AgGPS FieldManager display to the controller via a straight not null modem serial cable Using the controller When in GPS mode the hydraulic drive will only operate when both the switch and the AgGPS FieldManager display allow the drive to be on For the controller to work correctly the hydraulic drive switch on the controller should be set to the ON position If for any reason the hydraulic drive needs to be turned off quickly the machine operator can turn the hydraulic drive off using the switch on the controller Non GPS mode The AgGPS FieldManager display sends commands to the controller If communication cannot be established it may be because the controller is set to Non GPS mode A message appears and gives you the option to continue in Non GPS mode AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 297 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin If the controller is set to Non GPS mode the AgGPS FieldManager display still displays and records as applied rates If a prescription is loaded target rates are also displayed for reference but these are not used by the controller In this mode rates must be varied manually on the controller Loss of communication In GPS mode if communication with a Rawson controller is lost the
299. on 400 antenna height above ground 249 button antenna position 201 248 Auto Config 316 application rate sensors 59 Border 480 Application Rates Check Setup 316 anhydrous 382 Engage 137 Interior 480 granular fertilizer 372 Logging 137 granular seed 360 liquid flow 348 Precharge 430 area features 128 Record 146 Auto Tank Pressure 450 buttons 33 granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 365 Auto Config button 316 automated deadzone calibration 191 239 Autopilot harness 35 c Autopilot plugin 173 buttons offset 497 499 cab harness planter 60 configuring 174 calculating the roll offset 251 Autopilot basic settings 177 calibrating the screen 85 Autoseed technology 222 calibration automated deadzone 191 239 engine speed 211 implement 235 612 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide proportional steering gain 196 243 sensors 391 steering angle sensor 186 237 system 501 tracked tractor 210 vehicle 174 181 216 CAN terminator 64 Capacity anhydrous 388 granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 liquid flow 356 planter 344 card 35 directories 565 information 600 inserting 66 removing 66 card data copying 583 deleting 583 deleting all 585 caution definition 5 obstacles 7 proportional steering gain 7 pump knees calibration 7 removing card 7 66 steering center bias 8 touch screen 7 turning off 7 change implement 132 password 553 view 42 channel air seeder 428 description 308 details tab 449 val
300. on This is a way to improve the quality of the point feature position e If you select the Average Position button the display calculates the average position of the feature over 30 seconds e If you un select the button the display places the Feature at the coordinates the vehicle is at when you press the button 2 Tap Color to select the feature appearance color 3 Tap OK to return to the Select Feature screen The new feature appears in the Point list 4 Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK to return to the Select Active Feature screen The new feature appears on the button you selected 5 Tap OK to exit AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 127 7 The Mapping Plugin Creating a line feature L 2 3 Enter a name for the feature in the Name window Tap Color to select the feature appearance color Tap OK to return to the Select Feature screen The new line feature appears in the Line list Select the new feature in the list and then tap OK to return to the Select Active Feature screen The new feature appears on the button you selected Tap OK Creating an area feature You can use area features to define areas of land as Productive or Unproductive If the sprayer passes into an area that is defined as unproductive the boom sections will turn off This can be useful for setting exclusion zones that you do not want to spray for example waterways 1 Enter the name of the feature in
301. on switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button Illustration Status Description Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 447 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode The Multi Application Control plugin can control up to 2 products on an anhydrous unit at once In overview mode the anhydrous tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all of the configured channels and their current status Channel rate indicators Figure 14 8 The anhydrous tab 448 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Item Description num BW N e Channel name e Current application rate e Channel flow rate e Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with raise lower buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 388 Tank pressure button Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entr
302. ontrol Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not Feedback operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 6 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 365 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 392 The Precharge feature is typically used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After the master switch is turned on and the implement switch is lowered the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When the implement is raised or the master switch is turned off the system immediately shuts down the channel
303. opilot Faults screen 2 2 ee ee ee eee 605 View Warning screen oo essere rere kir ee 605 GPS Status scree i oe RES ERS Se ee 606 Screen SNAPS i diac a Soe ae ee es ee alae a ee eed al al glee a win ae 4 607 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Contents Forcing the system toturnoff 2 ee eee 607 A Technical Specifications 609 Index ee ee ee ee er fe AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 23 Contents 24 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 1 Introduction In this chapter Welcome About the product Related information Technical assistance Your comments Welcome This manual describes how to install configure and use the Trimble AgGPS FieldManager display version 5 10 Even if you have used other Global Positioning System GPS products before Trimble recommends that you spend some time reading this manual to learn about the special features of this product If you are not familiar with GPS visit the Trimble website www trimble com for an interactive look at Trimble and GPS AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 25 1 26 About the product The Trimble AgGPS FieldManager display which consists of both software and hardware is an easy to use advanced field management system The software runs on a 26 4 cm 10 4 touch sensitive color LCD screen The AgGPS FieldManager display is Trimble s highest level display for agricultural purposes It
304. optional implement lift switch is installed to apply ammonia you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes to show this Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 445 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Illustration Status Description Implement switch is Off Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Implement switch is Off Master switch is On The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the anhydrous unit is not applying ammonia Implement switch is On Master switch is Off Implement switch is On Master switch is On oMi i AFORA E The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying ammonia or logging coverage The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage 446 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Implement lift switch not installed For the anhydrous unit to apply ammonia you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the positi
305. or delivery to purchasers of Trimble products generally If you have purchased the Product from an authorized Trimble dealer rather than from Trimble directly Trimble may at its option forward the software Fix to the Trimble dealer for final distribution to you Minor Updates Major Upgrades new products or substantially new software releases as identified by Trimble are expressly excluded from this update process and limited warranty Receipt of software Fixes or other enhancements shall not serve to extend the limited warranty period For purposes of this warranty the following definitions shall apply 1 Fix es means an error correction or other update created to fix a previous software version that does not substantially conform to its Trimble specifications 2 Minor Update occurs when enhancements are made to current features in a software program and 3 Major Upgrade occurs when significant new features are added to software or when a new product containing new features replaces the further development of a current product line Trimble reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion what constitutes a Fix Minor Update or Major Upgrade Warranty Remedies Trimble s sole liability and your exclusive remedy under the warranties set forth above shall be at Trimble s option to repair or replace any Product that fails to conform to such warranty Nonconforming Product and or issue a cash r
306. ormation stored in the Swaths shp file for fields with boundaries includes AB polylines Units will always be metric in files created by the FieldManager display Table 21 2 lists the information stored in the boundary and ABLine attribute files Table 21 2 Boundary and ABLine attribute file contents Column Field description Notes Date Date the field was created YYYYMMDD Time Field creation time local time am pm format hh mm ss Version Boundary or ABLine attribute file version ID AB Line number ID Name Name assigned to the AB Line Area Field area Boundary area ha Perimeter Field perimeter distance Boundary only meters Length Length of the AB Line meters Swathsin Dist1 Dist2 PrefWeight AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 573 21 Data Management Unless a field has a boundary the size of the field is not defined Therefore for fields without boundaries the _Complete in the EventHistory dbf file is always zero Note If you browse the dbf files using Microsoft Excel date fields may appear in a different format depending on your local settings Coverage logging data Coverage logging files are created whenever any application coverage is recorded Table 21 3 lists the information stored for each coverage polygon in the coverage logging attribute file Table 21 3 Coverage file contents Column Field description Version Coverage attribute file version GPS_Status Numeric GPS status value St
307. ormation with its attributes In this manual the term shapefile is used to refer to the three files collectively The AgGPS FieldManager display records all latitude longitude and height data in decimal degrees Note The AgGPS FieldManager display reads and writes ESRI ArcView version 2 0 or 3 1 3D polylines polygons and points The M and Z entity types introduced in ArcView 3 1 can be generated in the track logging files but cannot be read by the AgGPS FieldManager display For more information go to the ESRI website www esri com Editing files ESRI shape shp and attribute dbf files can be used in many other software packages that can import or use shp and dbf formats Trimble recommends the EZ Office software For more information go to www EZ OfficeSoftware com Data collected by the FieldManager display can be opened directly into the EZ Office software You can make changes to the files and save them on an office computer Do not save changes back to the CompactFlash card as this could mean that you are not able to select the field with the FieldManager display AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 563 21 Data Management The Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software and most database software also let you open and view the data in the attribute dbf file Generating files in the office The FieldManager display can load files that you have created in office software Save Shapefile or Agfile gdx
308. ort A dialog with the message Upload completed appears 5 Tap OK Warning text appears The file is now loaded 232 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Configuring the Engage button The Engage button can be set to work in two different ways See Configuring the Engage button page 233 In the Two stage engage list select the appropriate option Item Description On The Engage button requires multiple taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering Off The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 233 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Step 4 Configuring the GPS receiver on the implement 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver plugin that is associated with the TrueTracker plugin 1 TrueTracker GPS Receiver 2 Tap Setup The TrueTracker GPS Receiver Settings screen appears TrueTracker GPS Receiver Settings Corrections Options Autonomous Network ID WAAS OmniStar VBS OmniStar HP XP OmniStar HP XP VBS Shared Radio RTK AgRemote NMEA Output mea Implement AgGPS 252 332 RTK Network ID 11 If your GPS receivers share a radio tap Shared Radio Any changes made
309. ote You cannot delete a swath that is currently active Renaming a swath To be able to rename swaths you need to have entered the Administration password 1 From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears From the list on the left select the swath to rename Tap Rename If prompted enter the password The Enter new swath name screen appears Enter the new name for the swath and then tap OK The swath is renamed AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Shifting a swath 1 From the Swath Management screen select the swath to shift from the list on the left 2 Tap Shift The Enter the Shift Distance screen appears 3 Select the correct units for the shift metric feet and inches or rows 4 Enter the distance that you would like the swath to move 5 Select the direction for the shift Note The swath shifts relative to the AB Line Therefore if you are facing from point B to point A on the swath the line will appear to shift in the wrong direction Note If you shift a line it will shift the original version of the line and remove any skip that you have applied 6 Tap OK The Swath Management screen appears The new shifted swath appears in the swath list on the left of the screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 155 7 The Mapping Plugin Using the Guide to tabs The Guide to tabs allow automated steering along a swath
310. ound Digital Sensor or Reluctance Sensor you need to perform a calibration to determine the ground speed constant To determine the constant the system must count the number of pulses that the sensor produces while driving at a constant speed over e a 400 ft distance when driving in US Imperial mode e a100 m distance when driving in metric mode To configure the sensor 1 Position the vehicle somewhere where you can drive for 400 ft US Imperial mode or a 100 m distance metric mode without stopping or changing speed 2 From the Multi Application Control Calibration screen select Secondary Speed Sensor Calibration 392 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Ground Speed Calibration screen appears e EN E Note This screen shows the values for a system using US Imperial units 3 Begin to drive the vehicle at a constant speed 3 2 8 kph or 2 5 mph 4 When you are moving at a constant speed tap Start The Pulse Count field will begin to increase The Distance To Go field will begin to reduce as you get closer to the end of the stretch 5 Drive at the same speed until the Distance To Go field reads 0 The number of pulses counted appears in the New Ground Spd Const field X Tip Repeat this process 2 more times to ensure that the result is accurate 6 To save the new sensor constant tap Save AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 393 14
311. ove ellipsoid meters Ground_HAE Ground height above ellipsoid meters Speed GPS derived ground speed kph Heading Direction of travel with respect to true decimal degrees North Swath_Num Current swath headland number Offline Offline distance from swath center line meters Along_Line Along Line distance from start of swath meters Swath_wdth Swath width meters App n_Wdth Application width meters Units Units metric Field_Name The name of the field Target The target rate at the current position Pitch The pitch AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 575 21 Data Management Column Field description Units notes Roll The roll Yaw The yaw Note Not currently implemented Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for Relative_Height the current field Only supported for the AgGPS Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Height meters EventHistory file The EventHistory dbf file contains information on every event carried out in the field Data Description Version FieldManager display firmware version Client Client name Farm Farm name Field Field name Event Event name Operator Operator name Material Material name Date open Date the field was opened Time open Time the field was opened Date close Date the field was closed Time close Time the field was closed Duration Length of time that the field was open seconds PrimaryAB Number of the primary AB Line ABLi
312. ovided bolts to attach the bar mount to the rail 5 Hold the display in the location that you have selected to ensure that it is comfortably accessible from the driver s seat 6 Attach the other end of the RAM mount to the ball on the bar mount and then tighten the screw AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 47 3 Getting Started Connecting the display Note The AgGPS FieldManager display connects to the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system The Autopilot system requires professional installation in your vehicle If the AgGPS Autopilot system is not currently installed in your vehicle consult your local reseller 1 Connect one end of the AgGPS Autopilot harness to the vehicle 2 Insert the 28 pin AMP plug at the other end of the harness into the AMP socket on the back of the display 3 Connect the single wire to the positive output from the battery 4 Connect the implement switch if required The following section describes how to install DICKEY john components for flow and application control with the Multi Application Control plugin If this is not relevant to you go to Inserting the CompactFlash card in the socket page 66 48 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Installing key Multi Application Control components Installing an implement master switch When you install a product control system a master switch is connected to the display Note When a mas
313. ow the instructions presented on each page maintain a tractor speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph watch the Sensor Angle field for a symmetrical angle reading at the steering extremes while you manually steer the wheels to full right and full left watch the Sensor Angle field to ensure that the angle reading is near zero while you manually steer the wheels straight ahead 186 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list See Introduction to Autopilot calibration page 179 The first Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration screen appears 2 Move the tractor forward slowly AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 187 9 The Autopilot Plugin 3 Center the steering wheel and then tap Next to continue 4 Turn the steering wheel completely to the left and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned completely to the left or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears 188 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 9 The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel 5 Turn the steering wheel completely to the right and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned to the full right position or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Gui
314. own list and then tap the corresponding Delete button for the level at which you want to delete 4 When prompted enter the administration password and then tap OK 5 Tap Close Formatting the CompactFlash card CAUTION The following action will permanently remove all your data To format the card from the Delete Data Card screen tap Format AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 587 21 Data Management Data dictionaries The AgGPS FieldManager display can load data dictionaries in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer format These data dictionaries enable you to select field entry data for example Client Farm Field and Event from a list of predefined values which saves you from having to retype commonly used items You can create a data dictionary either through the display or on an office computer To create a data dictionary through the display 1 Press the Configuration button to the right of the screen The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 3 Tap Data Dictionary The Data Dictionary Setup screen appears 588 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 4 Select a category and then tap New The Enter a New Client screen appears 5 Enter the name and then tap OK The Data Dictionary Setup screen reappears with the new entry added under the heading you selected 6 Repeat this process to add additional
315. pacing When controlled with the Multi Application Control plugin the planter or drill can support up to 4 channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid or granular fertilizer Air seeder An air seeder also plant seeds but it uses pressurized air to push seeds from an external seed cart to the planter 306 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 When controlled with the Multi Application Control plugin the air seeder can support up to 4 channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid granular fertilizer or anhydrous ammonia Sprayer You can use a sprayer to spray liquids such as liquid fertilizer and pesticides When controlled with the Multi Application Control plugin the sprayer can control up to 4 products at once Spreader A spreader spreads granular product over the ground With the Multi Application Control plugin a spreader can control up to 4 channels of product at once AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 307 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Anhydrous The anhydrous unit is used to inject anhydrous ammonia NH3 into the soil Anhydrous ammonia is stored as a liquid in a cooler tank towed behind the vehicle but because it has a boiling point of 34 C 29 F it becomes a gas as soon as it is released It is inje
316. pecifications Item Specification Case Size 295 mm W x 226 mm H x 60 5 mm D 11 6 x 8 9 x 2 4 Weight 2 18 kg 4 80 Ib Material High impact polycarbonate Seal Sealed to IP55 and ANSI ASAE EP455 with cable Operating temperature Storage temperature Display Display Touch screen connected 10 C to 65 C 30 C to 70 C 264 2 mm 10 4 diagonal 640 x 480 color LCD 285 8 mm 11 25 diagonal Processor Intel PXA255 x scale arm 400 MHz Memory RAM 64 MB CompactFlash RAM 32 MB type 1 only Solid state drive 256 MB Electrical Full function range 8 18 V Operating range 6 19 V Absolute range 0 60 V Battery Internal NiMH Mounting Mounting layout Mounting inserts 75 mm square mounting hole pattern M6 x 1 threaded inserts Interface Main connector 8 pin Deutsch connector 12 pin Deutsch connector 4 pin Deutsch CAN Power connector pin CompactFlash RAM slot 28 pin AMP mates to AgGPS Autopilot harness x1 x2 x1 x1 x1 type 1 only 610 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Index Numerics 3D view 42 A AB Line file 573 AB Lines importing 578 access path 152 accessing data 562 accessory harness installation 55 accumulator 417 granular fertilizer 441 acquisition aggressiveness 209 255 line 209 255 activation FieldLevel II system 490 password 78 229 490 via display 79 491 via text file 78 490 Active High 327 Active Lo 327 adding a plugin
317. play to the controller via a null modem cable Communications The baud rate used by the controller must be set to 19200 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity To configure the Land Manager consoles 1 Make sure the master switch module switch is off Press SYSTEM Select CONFIGURATION and press ENTER Use the arrow keys to get to Serial Port and press ENTER 2 3 4 5 Select GPS and press ENTER 6 Select MODIFY ACTIVE and press ENTER 7 Use arrow keys to set the baud rate to 19200 and press ENTER 8 Select SAVE CHANGES and press ENTER 9 Press OPERATE to exit from the setup To configure the Precision Control System PCS consoles 1 Press SYSTEM 2 Select CONFIGURATION MENU AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 299 13 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 3 Select SERIAL PORT CONFIGURATION 4 Set the baud rate to 19200 Using the controller If you are using a DICKEY john controller the prescription must contain rates in gallons per acre or pounds per acre You can only control and log rates on channel one on DICKEY john variable rate controllers Flex Air The AgGPS FieldManager display can send rates to the Tyler Flex Air variable rate controller The controller can have four channels main liquid coapplicator and supplemental Rates from all channels are recorded in the variable rate logging dbf file but the FieldManager display can only send rates to one channel at a time This is the active channel
318. plied position 4 Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 5 Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system 6 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature AN WARNING When you tap the fill disk Output Shaft button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 7 Tap Output Shaft to rotate the shaft through one full rotation 402 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 8 Adjust the Target Meter RPM value This is the speed at which the seed meter shaft turns while the calibration is performed 9 Adjust the Number of Revs value This is the number of revolutions the meter will turn during the calibration This will constitute the length of the test The higher the number the more accurate the calibration 10 Tap Start 11 Either tap Master or turn on the external master switch in the cab The calibration begins The system runs the dispensing unit meter conveyor at the specified RPM for the specified number of meter revolutions and then automatically shuts down 12 Weigh the material dispensed and enter the value into the Amount Dispensed field 0 Tip Remember to subtract the weight of the bucket or other receptacle AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 403 14 T
319. plied rates displayed is shown below Speed 4 92 mph For more information see Configuring the status text items page 95 To load a prescription file 1 Map anew field or select an existing field The AgGPS FieldManager display searches the card for prescription files within the specified limits If there are a lot of prescriptions on the card this can take several seconds and a progress bar is displayed 280 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 2 Ifany prescription files are within the specified limits the Select Prescription screen appears ems a a Last Rate 1 SSS a 3 From the Available Prescriptions list select a prescription file Note Ifan Aginfo GDX prescription has an incorrect format it will not be listed in the Available Prescriptions list 4 If you select a shapefile prescription then you must select the correct prescription rate column CAUTION When you select a shapefile prescription if you choose the wrong column when using a variable rate controller the applied rate will be incorrect If you select an AgInfo GDX prescription the Rate Column box is not displayed AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 281 12 282 The EZ Boom Plugin 5 Set the prescription scale factor If you use a different material that you need to apply more or less of you can scale the rates by this amount For example to apply twice as much set the scale factor to
320. ponse 2 Response Threshold The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is far away from the target rate The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is close to the target rate This ratio is the point at which the application rate is close enough to the target rate for the responsiveness of the valve to switch from Valve Response 7 to Valve Response 2 If you selected Pump PWM or Pump PWM Ground enter values in the three text boxes in the PWM group Item Description Zero Flow Offset Frequency Hz Gain The shut off point of the valve The operating frequency of the valve The sensitivity of the valve 5 Tap OK to return to the Implement Calibration screen 270 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 Step 5 Calibrating the flow meter L From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears It has a list with three options Flow Calibration Valve Calibration Pressure Calibration Tap Flow Calibration The EZ Boom Flow Calibration screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 271 12 The EZ Boom Plugin 3 Set the Close Valve on Zero Flow drop down list to Yes or No Setting Description Yes No The valve will be closed when all the boom sections are closed The valve will remain in its current position when all the boom
321. pplication setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen Figure 14 7 Application setup screen 442 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 412 2 Tap the appears button The Channel Product Level screen To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Zero Accum AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 443 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Operating an anhydrous unit J CAUTION When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running an anhydrous unit with the Multi Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen ra 4 3 2 Item Description 1 Anhydrous tab see page 448 2 Logging on off button 3 Row Information tab 4 Additional sensor readings The BE sensors show the percentage of capacity 444 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Turning the anhydrous on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 427 If an
322. process is designed to accommodate RTK base station setup differences from the last time the field was open AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 479 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Collecting field data When you have created the benchmark s collect field layout data You can define 3 types of data Item Description Boundary The outside of the field Interior Points on the inside of the boundary Section Can be used to divide the field into smaller sections To define an item select it from the list on the tab and then tap Record To stop recording tap Record again Defining the boundary Define a boundary to establish the confines of your field Drive around the boundary while you record the shape Defining interior points When you have surveyed the boundary of the field select Interior from the list and then tap Record As you drive the system records interior points To complete a full survey create guidance lines and then drive over all of the interior of the field boundary while the system records interior points 480 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Defining a section When you have defined a boundary you can define sections to split the field into parts This enables you to create a design for just that section rather than the whole field There are 2 ways to define a section e Begin recording the section line outside the boundary
323. produces Ifit is a TSIP receiver select the correction type from the Corrections list enable the AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology if required and enter the RTK network ID in the RTK NetID window Ifit is a DCOL receiver select the correction type from the Corrections list and enter the RTK network ID in the RTK NetID window 220 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 10 Ifyou select Trimble DCOL the Default Settings list appears Select Restore to restore the receivers default settings before the configuration file is sent from the controller or select Do Not Restore to keep the current settings and apply the configuration file over the top Ifitis a NMEA receiver select the port settings in the Port Settings lists The port settings must be the same as the NMEA receiver s output settings The available GPS corrections appear in the Corrections list In the Port list select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the GPS receiver is connected to In the Corrections list tap the appropriate corrections to use If appropriate enable AgGPS Autoseed technology See AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology page 222 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 221 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology greatly reduces the time needed for OmniSTAR HP XP VBS convergence Once the OmniSTAR signal has
324. pulses per liter cubic ft of material Note Ensure that this is as accurate as possible Using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 402 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen To add a target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap the appropriate units button either kS ha or kS a AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 361 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the run screen You can add up to 8 preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 10 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 11 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears Alarms Setup High Population Alarm Low Population Alarm High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay Product Level Alarm 362 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 12 Enter the alarm trigger rates Item Description High Population Alarm Low
325. r The raw voltage and scaled G force for each of the system s accelerometers The input voltage currently being fed into the AgGPS Autopilot system from the vehicle s electrical system The raw voltage and scaled degrees per second of each of the system s gyroscopes The raw voltage and scaled angle of the steering sensor The raw voltage and current state of the remote engage switch 604 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Troubleshooting 22 Autopilot Faults screen The Autopilot Faults screen lists all faults that have occurred on the AgGPS Autopilot controller Two separate lists show e Any faults that are currently active e A history of faults that have occurred View Warning screen When you are viewing the vehicle diagnostics screens the View Warning button will flash red if there is an active warning on the display To view any active warnings tap the button AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 605 22 Troubleshooting GPS Status screen The GPS Status screen provides information on the current GPS data from the GPS receiver Use this screen to check that the GPS receiver is outputting the expected data e From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Autopilot GPS Status screen appears This screen displays your current GPS position number of satellites GPS quality Autopilot system and receiver version numbers 606 AgGPS FieldM
326. r the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line 206 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 10 11 12 The Autopilot Plugin 9 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a second flag in the ground to mark the tractor centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 9 1 on page 208 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right Figure 9 3 Right offset Measure the distance between the flags Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 9 1 on page 208 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 207 9 The Autopilot Plugin Table 9 1 Table for recording the roll correction results Test run Offset distance Offset direction 1 2 3 Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction p
327. r Field Leveling Try entering the password again If it still does not work contact your local Trimble reseller AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 493 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Step 2 Configuring the implement If you have not already configured the implement see Configuring the implement for leveling page 474 Step 3 Configuring the leveling model 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup The Fie dLevel II Setup screen appears Point to Slope 494 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 2 Select the leveling model Leveling model Description Point to Slope Leveling laser Contour Leveling GPS This model creates consistently sloped tile or surface drainage From the starting point the vehicle levels at a constant slope regardless of its direction See below This model uses the Topo tab to create a plane based on 1 2 or 3 points so you can level to that plane It uses a line of sight laser leveling system See Configuring laser leveling mode page 497 This model use the FieldManager display virtual lightbar to guide the vehicle along contours to keep the vehicle at the same elevation This can be used for levee marking and applications that require guidance to elevations See Configuring Contour mode page 498 This model uses the Topo tab to create a plane based on 1 2 or 3 points so you can le
328. r acre Granular fertilizer Metric kg ha Kilograms of fertilizer per hectare US Imperial Ibs a Pounds of fertilizer per acre Anhydrous Metric kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare US Imperial Ibs a Pounds of nitrogen per acre AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 309 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Benefits of the system Product control To control the product that is output the system uses control valves and feedback sensors This gives you precise control over product application at varying speeds The values read by the valves are shown on the display Independent row or section switching Planting seeding and application equipment has traditionally been limited to fully on or fully off operation However with the following additional components it is now possible to control individual rows and sections for precise product application e the FieldManager display Multi Application Control plugin e one or more Tru Count air clutches or boom section valves e a CSM Clutch Switch Module or a BSM Boom Switching Module This gives you 2 additional options e manual section or row control via the switches on the CSM or BSM e automatic boom and or row switching This means that if you were to encounter the edge of the field or a waterway the system would automatically turn off the rows sections that were going to cover already planted sprayed ground and switch them on again when you returned to an area th
329. r means the blade is below the field origin point VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver FieldLevel Survey Points The number of survey points that have been Survey Design created To set the status text items 1 Press the Configuration button Q to the right of the screen 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password The Configuration screen appears 3 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 102 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 4 Tap Status Items The Select Status Items screen appears Upper left status text item Upper right status text item Session Coverage Area Slide out tab status text The status text items appropriate for your plugins appear in the Info Items list 5 Set the upper left status text item a Tap the item you want to use in the Info Items list b Tap the left Set Item button The information appears in the upper left text box 6 Set the upper right status text item a Tap the item you want to use in the Info Items list b Tap the right Set Item button The information appears in the upper right text box AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 103 5 The System Plugin 7 Select atime in the Timeout list This is how long the tab remains on display before retracting To have t
330. racker Plugin 11 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a second flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 11 1 on page 254 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right Figure 11 2 Right offset Measure the distance between the flags Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 11 1 on page 254 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 253 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Table 11 1 Table for recording the roll correction results Test run Offset distance Offset direction 1 2 3 Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction page 248 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right 254 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The T
331. rating a sprayer liquid flow ooann 419 Turning the sprayer on or off 2 ee eee 420 The Sprayer tab overview mode 000s eee eee 420 Detailed channel information button 421 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 15 Contents Section Information tab 2 2 0 2 ee ee 423 Operating an air seeder granular seed 2 0 0 000 eee eee 424 Turning the air seeder on or off 2 0 0 0 eee eee 425 The air seeder product channel tab overview mode 428 Detailed channel information button 429 Row Information tab 2 2 eee ee ee 432 Material accumulator 2 2 0 0 0 eee ee ee eee 434 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer 0000 436 Turning the spreader on oroff 0 000000 eee ee 437 The Spreader product channel tab overview mode 438 Detailed channel information button 439 Sensor Information tab 0 0 0 00 e eee eee eee 441 Material accumulator 0 0 eee ee eee eee 441 Operating an anhydrous unit aoaaa 444 Turning the anhydrous onoroff 2 0 eee ee ee 445 The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode 448 Detailed channel information button 449 Running the system in Monitor only mode 0 00 452 Obtaining diagnostics information about the Multi Application Control device 455 Resetting the master
332. rd Table 21 6 Input files Data Description Files Directory Prescription files Polygons lt prescriptionname gt shp ESRI shapefiles lt prescriptionname gt dbf lt prescriptionname gt shx Aginfo GDX lt prescriptionname gt gdx AgGP5 Prescriptions For more information see Prescriptions page 279 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 581 21 Data Management Figure 21 6 shows the contents of a Prescriptions directory At E AgGPS Prescriptions File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Ges O 9 p h E raves amp O E Address O E AgGPS Prescriptions Desktop E B My Documents E My Computer Local Disk C 3 DVD RW Drive 0 E Bp SanDisk ImageMate E E agers AB Lines Autopilot Data E Smith Farms El Meadowbrook El South Field Planting Spraying E Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware E Lime Presc Westfield 19 dbf 1KB amp Lime Presc WestField 19 shp 16 KB E Lime Presc WestField 19 shx 1KB Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 6 Prescriptions directory 582 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Copying or deleting card data The Data Management screen enables you to copy or delete card data It shows the fields varieties prescriptions and data dictionaries that are in the internal memory and on the CompactFlash card the e
333. reen appears lane Leveling Setup Heading 0 00 Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 A 404 10 3 Cancel Tap the Heading field and then enter the heading direction Tap the primary slope field and then enter the primary slope Tap the Cross Slope field and then enter the cross slope a nN p Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 533 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Editing points in a plane When you are in Leveling mode you can edit the points on your existing target plane 1 On the Run screen select Edit on the FieldLevel tab oo Bench 0 0 avo Coarse The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears Plane Leveling Setup Heading Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 eee 4 _ K 0 1 48 per 100 1 404 10 3 Item Description 1 A point 2 Heading 3 Main slope 4 Cross slope 534 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 2 To reset any of the points tap the appropriate text box For example to change the cross slope a Tap the cross slope text box The Enter cross slope screen appears b Enter the new value and then tap OK Tap OK in the Plane Leveling Setup screen to return to the Run screen AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 535 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin 536 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 17 The Remote Output Plugin In this chapter When remote output is acti
334. rface appears For more information on the correct use of the AgRemote interface refer to the AgGPS AgRemote Software Guide for AgGPS Receivers on www trimble com or refer to your GPS receiver manual Enabling NMEA message output The NMEA message formats are a standard format through which GPS receivers can communicate If you have an external device connected to the AgGPS Autopilot controller you can enable NMEA message output from the controller so the device receives NMEA GPS positions The messages are output through the NavController harness laptop connector AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 223 10 The GPS Receiver Plugin Some GPS receivers can output NMEA messages to an external device To do this 1 On the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Tap NMEA Output The NMEA Message Output Settings screen appears 3 Tap the appropriate Message Rate and then the Baud Rate 4 In the Messages Enabled group select the appropriate NMEA message types to output Do not just enable all formats 5 Tap OK to continue Note To enable NMEA output from another receiver for example the GPS receiver connected to an AgGPS TrueTracker system controller select the plugin for that receiver in the plugin list 224 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 11 The TrueTracker Plugin In this chapter About the A
335. rm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a high population This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a low population The rate of failure that is acceptable before the Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors The weight of product Kg lbs that will trigger the low seed level alarm 13 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material Configuring the channels When you have configured a material you can configure the channels The FieldManager display can control up to 4 channels of different materials at once To configure a channel for liquid or granular fertilizer see page 350 or page 374 respectively AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 339 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels 340 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Channel Setup screen appears Channel Setup 7 Channel 1 Disabled Material Channel 2 Disabled Control Noda Channel 3 Disabled D Channel 4 Disabled D Monitor Disabled SAri irsitienn Preeligeh 37a o Ifyou do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors it is
336. roduction Technical assistance If you have a problem and cannot find the information you need in the product documentation contact your local reseller Technical Support If you need to contact Trimble Technical Support 1 Go to the Trimble website www trimble com 2 Click the Support button at the top of the screen The Support A Z list of products appears 3 Scroll to the bottom of the list 4 Click the submit an inquiry link A form appears 5 Complete the form and then click Send Alternatively you can send an email to trimble_support trimble com Your comments Your feedback about the supporting documentation helps us to improve it with each revision Email your comments to ReaderFeedback trimble com 28 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 2 Features and Functions In this chapter The AgGPS FieldManager display is a touch sensitive screen that runs field m System components management software apy tem hays This chapter describes the parts of the m System software display and some of the basic operation m View modes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 29 2 Features and Functions System components The following components are included in the box with the AgGPS FieldManager display e The display unit see page 31 e The AgGPS Autopilot harness see page 34 e The 128 MB CompactFlash card see page 35 e The mount bracket and screws see page 46 AgGPS FieldManager display
337. rueTracker Plugin 11 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list The Autopilot Line Acquisition screen appears Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the implement approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varies for different implement profiles AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 255 11 The TrueTracker Plugin Using the TrueTracker system When you have configured the TrueTracker plugin you can begin driving in the field with implement steering Main guidance screen The FieldManager display s main guidance screen changes when implement steering is enabled 6 6 6 6 6 8 eee e e 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ee ele ae So Li E7 Figure 11 3 Main guidance screen with implement steering features Item Description Implement lightbar Implement GPS information button Implement status text items implement tab wu AeA WN Implement steering engage button These new features are described in greater detail below 256 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Implement lightbar When implement steering is enabled a second smaller lightbar appears below the main lightbar Figure 11 4 The second lightbar This lightbar shows the imple
338. rview AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 429 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current application rate will appear as Off To return to the overview press Adjusting the target rate manually The target rate is the rate that you want the Fargetate 220 EE air seeder to plant at To manually increase the target rate press To manually decrease the target rate press The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 361 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you have created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button will be available el Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate will appear between the and buttons Precharging the air seeder before driving When the vehicle is moving the air seeder is continually distributing seed However when you begin driving the seed can take time to reach the tubes To avoid this before you begin moving press the Precharge button It begins moving seed to ensure that seed distribution can begin when you begin planting 430 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 To precharge this channel and any channels combined with this on
339. s if a channel has been set to Ibs ac any value that is less than 10 0 is interpreted as tons acre The AgGPS FieldManager display sends the GPS speed to the Variable Rate Controller To use GPS speed you need to configure your controller speed source to GPS Raven To use a Raven controller with an AgGPS FieldManager display the controller must e be GPS ready e use Raven s latest communications protocol which was introduced around 1996 If your controller is not GPS ready or does not use the latest protocol contact Raven about obtaining an upgrade pack To use a Raven controller you need a special adaptor cable Trimble P N 40568 to connect from P5 on the AgGPS FieldManager display harness to the Raven controller You can also make your own cable as shown Raven M F Adapter Cable F M AgGPS FieldManager display 2 RX lt 2 RX lt TX 3 lt TX 3 3 TX gt 3 TX gt RX 2 gt RX 2 5 GND 5 GND GND 5 GND 5 4 DTR gt 4 DTR gt CTS 8 gt CTS 8 8 CTS lt 8 CTS lt RTS 7 lt RTS 7 6 DSR lt 6 DSR lt 294 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 This cable is not symmetrical so each end of the cable must be clearly labeled to show where it should be plugged in Configuring the controller For a Raven controller to operate correctly with an AgGPS FieldManager display the following Data Menu settings are required
340. screen reappears with the new variety name in the list 164 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 5 To configure the variety select it and then tap Edit The Variety Attributes screen appears Variety Attributes Variety Name Coverage Color Seed Variety Seed Rate Seed Rate Units Fertiliser Type Fertiliser Rate Fertiliser Rate Units 6 To change the color that will represent this variety on the Run screen tap the Coverage Color color block Variety Attributes Variety Name Coverage Color The Select Color dialog appears 7 Tap the new color 8 Enter any relevant record keeping information 9 Tap OK The Variety Setup screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 165 7 The Mapping Plugin 10 To add additional varieties repeat Steps 3 through 9 Now that the varieties are configured assign them to segments of the the coverage To assign one variety to the entire implement L Select it from the list and then tap Assign The Set row range for Jor variety screen appears Ensure that the Start Row text boxis set to 1 In the End Row text box enter the number that appears at the high end of the range 4 Tap OK The variety is assigned When you enable coverage logging and set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety this variety color will be shown in the guidance window See page 138 To assign multiple varieties to
341. second point on the plane 5 Tap B The B point begins averaging On the Topo tab the B button changes to the button 6 Drive the vehicle to the location of the third point on the plane 518 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 7 Tap C The C point begins averaging The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears This screen contains the four settings that define the plane See Defining a plane page 516 8 Tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 519 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Defining a plane from two points 1 Select the FieldLevel tab 2 Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the plane 3 Tap A The A point begins averaging On the FieldLevel tab the A button changes to the B button and the Done button becomes accessible 4 Drive the vehicle to the location of the second point on the plane 5 Tap B The B point begins averaging 520 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 6 Tap Done The Plane Leveling Setup screen appears Plane Leveling Setup Heading 0 00 Cross Slope 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 0 123 0 1 48 per 100 A 404 10 3 7 Tap the Cross Slope field and then enter the cross slope 8 Tap OK Defining a plane from one point 1 Select the FieldLevel tab 2 Drive the vehicle to the location of the first point that defines the A plane 3 Tap A Th
342. sed by the Raven controller the channel must be either set to Rate 1 SCS4XX SCS6XX or Product X Auto SCS7XX If the controller is set to Rate 2 or Manual the controller ignores the rates being sent but the AgGPS FieldManager display still records the applied rates Limitations The baud rate must be 9600 baud Some older controllers are only capable of 1200 baud These controllers need to be upgraded J CAUTION Some Raven controllers do not support zero rates If the target rate is zero and spray is still being applied you need to turn off your boom sections manually Rawson and New Leader The Rawson and New Leader controllers use a nominal flow rate Yield and a step size to describe rates Set the Default rate in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen to match the Yield value or nominal flow rate in the Rawson controller Any non zero rate will be adjusted to the nearest value selectable by the controller A rate of zero will turn off the hydraulic drive If you have a dual channel Rawson Accu Rate controller see page 298 296 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 13 Configuring the controller To allow the AgGPS FieldManager display to change the rates on the controller the controller must first be put into GPS mode If this is not done then the AgGPS FieldManager display will only log the rates being used To put the unit into GPS mode 1 Turn the controller
343. ser AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 183 9 The Autopilot Plugin Trimble strongly recommends that you perform this calibration only if the default sensitivity is unacceptable under all conditions Be very careful not to choose a sensitivity setting that is either too sensitive or not sensitive enough In either case the manual override function may cease to function properly On some platforms it may be possible to set the sensitivity so low that the manual override function will not detect any steering wheel motion It is vital that you avoid this To configure and check the manual override 1 Select the Manual Override option from the procedure list See page 179 The Autopilot Manual Override Calibration screen appears 184 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 2 The Autopilot Plugin 9 Test the current manual override setting a Turn the steering wheel The Override Inactive button changes color when the Override becomes active With the system active assess whether the manual override feature is at an acceptable level of sensitivity for Speed of steering wheel turn Distance of steering wheel turn To adjust the manual override sensitivity setting select the slider bar Move the slider bar as follows Slider bar direction Result Triggers manual override Left Increased sensitivity more easily Right Decreased sensitivity less easily The value to the rig
344. setup on the Detection MATCH THE SYSTEM Multi Application Control CONFIGURATION Setup screen 1 Too few modules 2 Verify correct module connected to system configuration setup on the 2 Too many modules Multi Application Control connected to system Setup screen 3 Defective CAN module 3 Identify missing module in harness the Multi Application Control 4 Blown module harness Setup list Inspect fus CAN module harness of the missing module for damage 5 Defective module F Repair or replace harness 6 New module has been ddedt i 4 Inspect module harness fuse a a of the identified module Replace if necessary 5 Identify missing module in the Multi Application Control Setup list Inspect missing module for damage or replace 6 Verify correct module configuration setup on the Multi Application Control Setup screen 218 Pressure Sensor NUMBER OF PRESSURE 1 Inspect pressure sensor for Detection SENSORS CONNECTED damage or replace DIFFERS FROM THE 2 Inspect module and or NUMBER OF SENSORS module harness for damage CONFIGURED ON THE Replace if necessary OTHER SENSOR 3 Verify correct ACC setting CONFIGURATION SCREEN 1 Defective Sensor 2 Defective module or damaged module harness 3 Additional pressure sensor detected for each module AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 461 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 219 Row Sensor NUMBER OF
345. shows that field If you select the Run screen when none is open the Field Selection screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 71 3 72 Getting Started Turning off the display Note Ifa field is open close the field before you turn off the system To close a field see Closing a field page 168 There are several ways to turn off the system e Press the Home button From the Home screen tap Shutdown e Hold down the Power button on the reverse of the display for approximately half a second There is sometimes a short delay between the time when you press the Power button and when the display turns off This is because the display is saving settings When the display turns off it plays a sound Note The display may take longer to turn off than in previous versions of the software AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 4 Overview of Plugins In this chapter This chapter describes what plugins are i l and gives an overview of how to configure E Introduction to plugins them Addr es a Note Some configuration settings are prea unavailable when a field is open in the Run m Configuring a plugin screen To access these settings return to m Entering the password to the Run screen and then press the Home activate a plugin button When the display asks if you would like to close the field tap Yes AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 73 4 Overview of Plugins Introduction to plu
346. splay User Guide Terminology The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 A cut is a point on the field where dirt needs to be removed A cut occurs when the existing field is higher than the proposed field surface A fillis a point on the field where dirt must be added A fill occurs when the existing field is lower than the proposed field surface A neutral is a point on the field where the existing and proposed elevations are the same No dirt needs to be moved at this location Options on the screen Item Description Cut Fill Ratio Section Left Right list When you move dirt compaction or expansion can change the volume that it covers The Cut Fill Ratio is the amount of cut dirt that equals one volume of fill dirt For example the default Cut Fill Ratio is 1 20 This means you lose 20 of your cut yards to compaction when you put the cut yards back down in the fill areas If you set up sections when you defined the field you can select one from the list The section to the left of the section line or the section to the right of the section line The design slope values show the angles and heading of the slope Item Description North gt South Slope The angle of the design slope from North to East gt West Slope Composite Slope Slope Heading South The angle of the design slope from East to West The true angle of fall of the design This is the angle of the slope when the t
347. switched DJ467980124 Harness HVDC Master NOTE This wire Switch must be connected to switched 12VDC b J RVS M Radar Kit Optional Figure 3 1 Planter cab base kit diagram 60 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Connect the power leads directly to the battery Connect the ignition wire to a switched 12 VDC Connect the chassis ground lead to a bare point of the cab frame that offers a good chassis ground connection For the system to power properly you must connect the ignition lead to switched 12 VDC Connect the master switch CAN terminator and tractor ECU to their respective connectors on the cab harness Connect the radar speed sensor if required If you connect the speed sensor to the WSMT do not connect anything to the speed sensor connector on the cab harness AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 61 3 Getting Started Installing the implement harness To install the implement harness refer to the following diagrams DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS aul ap ig To cp DJ46798013 OPtional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 Customize depending on specific planter DJ467980850 Wan voas Hamans min we a Order and install Th DJ467980851 tusing Seg Manager SE DJ467980835S1
348. t 1KB Meadowbrook South Field Planting Spraying Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 1 AgGPS directory on a CompactFlash card AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 567 21 Data Management Client directory The Client directory stores a subdirectory for each farm defined for the client Figure 21 2 shows the Client directory and file organization Ar E AgGPS Data Smith Farms File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qaa O B Deen i rodes j gt X 1D E Address e accs PatalsmithFarms 00 Desktop B My Documents E amp My Computer Local Disk C E 3 DVDRW Drive D E fp SanDisk ImageMate E E agcrs o i Meadowbrook E South Field Planting Spraying E Diagnostics Autopilot Screenshots Firmware Prescriptions Summaries upgrade Figure 21 2 Client directory and file organization 568 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Farm directory The Farm directory stores a subdirectory for each field defined for the farm Figure 21 3 shows the Farm directory and file organization t E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qax O p seah F Foes os gt X IO E Address
349. t from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer The AgGPS FieldManager display can import and use implements that were created in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer To import an AgGPS 170 Field Computer implement Copy the implement file into the AgGPS directory on the FieldManager display CompactFlash card Replace the card in the FieldManager display and then turn on the display Press the Configuration button amp to the right of the display The Configuration screen appears Tap Implement Setup If necessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 84 The Edit Implement screen appears Tap Import Note The Import button is only available when there is an implement from an AgGPS 170 Field Computer in the AgGPS directory on the CompactFlash card The implements from your AgGPS 170 Field Computer now appear in the drop down list Note If you press Import more than once you will get multiple copies of the implements AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 115 6 Implement Configuration Adjust the implement settings 1 From the Edit Implement screen select the implement from the Current Implement list and then tap Settings The Implement Boom Setup screen appears eS Re a S ee ee ee m a 2 Select the implement type from the Type list Hitch 3pt the implement is fixed to the vehicle Drawbar the implement can pivot like a trailer 116 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide
350. t offset e Independent aggressiveness control for the implement Requirements of the AgGPS TrueTracker system The TrueTracker system requires e An AgGPS Autopilot system with the FieldManager display firmware version 3 00 and above e Anunlock code for the FieldManager display implement steering functionality e An Orthman 2 3 4 or 6 blade Tracker IV implement guidance system Installing the TrueTracker system The AgGPS TrueTracker system requires professional installation For more information please refer to you local Trimble reseller 228 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 Configuration There are six steps to configuring the TrueTracker system L 2 3 4 5 6 Activate the implement steering upgrade Enable the implement controller Configure the implement controller Configure the GPS receiver on the implement Configure the implement Calibrate the implement These steps are described in more detail below Step 1 Activating the TrueTracker system Before you can use the TrueTracker system you must activate it on the AgGPS FieldManager display For step by step instructions see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 78 Note This process requires you to enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local Trimble reseller Step 2 Enabling the implement controller 1 Press the Configuration button Q to the r
351. t sprayer if you do a partial refill 13 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 356 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 14 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary When you have assigned the materials to channels see Combining channels page 389 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 357 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring granular seed Entering materials At this stage of the setup enter the materials that the drill seeder will be planting 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 358 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 2 The Material Setup screen appears 3 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 4 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 5 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen Mustard Seed 6 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Product Select Icon Seed Planter a8 Liquid Liquid Flow P PTA AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 359 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Product Select Icon Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer a kay Note It is important that you select the correct type as this deter
352. t up to 148 with the addition of member modules Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors 1 hopper level sensor 1 air pressure or 1 RPM sensor 1 implement lift switch GPS or radar based speed sources Up to 24 Tru Count clutches Requires the addition of 3 output modules harnessing 4 switch boxes 314 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Master module type Supports Air seeder Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 4 hopper levels sensors Up to 4 air pressure sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors 1 implement lift switch GPS or radar based speed sources Up to 148 seed sensors with the addition of member modules Sprayer Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 4 liquid pressure sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based speed sensors Up to 24 boom section valves Required the addition of 4 output modules harnessing 4 switch boxes Spreader Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 3 hopper level sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based speed sources Anhydrous Up to 2 servo control valves and 2 feedback sensors 1 implement lift switch GPS or radar based speed sources To control more than 16 seed sensors you can add additional modules called member modules You can have up to 8 member modules and each member module can control up to 18 seed sensors This allows up to 148 rows of seed sensors in
353. tatus_Txt GPS status meters ProgramLog message file The AgGPS FieldManager display performs checks e when the display is turned on or off e periodically while running This information is saved to the ProgramLog txt file which is in the AgGPS Diagnostics directory When this file becomes larger than 1024 KB it is backed up to a file called ProgramLog old The ProgramLog txt file may be useful for troubleshooting The file can be read with a text editor such as Notepad Importing AB Lines or boundaries The AgGPS FieldManager can load field boundaries and AB Lines created by an AgGPS 170 Field Computer RDL or a Geographic Information System GIS To load GIS boundaries files must be in WGS 84 latitudes longitudes and heights in decimal degrees Use the following method to import an AB Line or a boundary into the AgGPS FieldManager display 1 Attach the CompactFlash card to an office computer for example via a card reader J CAUTION The 3 files that define a line or field shp shx and dbf must have identical names If they do not have identical names they will not be recognized If you put multiple sets of files in the directory ensure that you do not have more than one set of files with each name or your files will be overwritten 578 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 Copy the following files to the AgGPS AB Lines directory on the CompactFlash card lt field name gt
354. ted on the vehicle and it is the vehicle that is guided On flat ground the implement will probably be directly behind the vehicle but in the following conditions the implement can pull draft to one side e onside slopes e in variable soil conditions e on curved guidance patterns 226 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 11 The stand alone AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system has no way to detect or correct for implement draft Figure 11 1 Vehicle with implement on a slope In these conditions the draft distance can be significant enough to lose repeatability for successive field operations despite the 25 mm 1 inch accuracy of the tractor equipped with the AgGPS Autopilot system Benefits of the AgGPS TrueTracker system The AgGPS TrueTracker implement steering system is an optional upgrade for the AgGPS Autopilot system It requires an additional AgGPS Autopilot controller and AgGPS 252 receiver on the implement which report the position of the implement Using T3 inertial terrain compensation technology and the accuracy of the AgGPS 252 receiver the TrueTracker system is able to steer the implement ensuring it remains online behind the vehicle even on extremely sloped ground AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 227 11 The TrueTracker Plugin The TrueTracker system supports the following e Steering in reverse e Straight and curved guidance patterns e Independent implemen
355. tem is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage 410 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The planter channel product tab overview mode The Multi Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a planter at once enabling you to plant seed while spreading granular fertilizer and or spraying liquid The planter tab on the right of the Run screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Figure 14 1 The planter channel product tab AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 411 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow button next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Item Description num BW N e Channel name e Current application rate e Channel flow rate e Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 344 Fill disk button Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 336 Note This button is only available if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to
356. ter module it clears the value on the module The next time that you exit the setup menu the FieldManager display will send the settings to the module again To reset the memory NOVRAM of the master module 1 From the Configuration screen select the Multi Application Control plugin and then tap Setup The 4 Channel Setup screen appears 2 Tap Modules The Multi Application Control Setup screen appears 3 Tap Reset Master A confirmation dialog appears 4 Tap Reset The module is reset X Tip If you reset the master module you may need to run the auto configuration twice 456 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Warning messages When the Multi Application Control plugin is active the system can display warning messages The following table lists warning messages causes of the messages and how to correct the situation Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 200 Master Switch 1 Master switch ON at 1 Move master switch to the Timeout power up OFF position toggle Master 2 Master switch ON after 2 Move master switch to the to clear leaving a setup screen OFF position 3 Shorted or damaged 3 Check for damage on the tractor harness tractor harness at the master 4 Defective master switch switch connector 4 Inspect master switch for damage or replace 201 Invalid Master External master switch is 1 Assign master switch to the Switch not assigned t
357. ter switch is installed you cannot use the display to manually engage application To install the switch 1 Select a location in the cab that is within easy reach of the operator s seat 2 Attach the switch with one of the following Tie wraps Tape Velcro stripping Bond clamps 3 The switch plugs into the FieldManager Display Application Control cab harness Installing a test switch You can install a test switch on the implement that runs the implement This can be used to run the implement for a set number of revolutions so you can review the seed count that the system calculates over a set number of cycles Connect the test switch to the 4 Channel Control harness J CAUTION When you have finished testing remove the test switch If it accidentally engages the implement could cause injury AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 49 3 Getting Started Installing the working set master module Mount the working set master module WSMT on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the WSMT that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the module enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes CAUTION Do not use the master module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes where marked 4 Select one of the fo
358. terial See page 162 Material_ID An index number related to the material 284 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 12 EZ Boom system implement diagnostics When an EZ Boom system is connected you can view EZ Boom system diagnostic information 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Z Boom Diagnostics screen appears The Z Boom Diagnostics screen includes information on current flow current pressure boom valve state EZ Boom controller version number It also displays the status of the EZ Boom controller to ensure it is working as expected To check that the system is responding as expected set the Target Rate and Speed fields to a fixed known value To view previous errors tap View Error Log AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 285 12 The EZ Boom Plugin Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller You can use the EZ Boom controller to control an application device a planter liquid spreader granular seed granular fertilizer or air spreader This enables you to e use automatic boom switching to automatically turn individual seed boxes off and on e use the EZ Boom controller switches to manually turn individual seed boxes off and on For more information see The Multi Application Control Plugin Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller See Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Applic
359. tes 348 Auto 352 Capacity 356 Channel Width 355 channels 350 control mode 352 delay time 353 Drive Frequency 354 Drive Type 354 Flush 355 High Flow Limit 349 620 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Increment Decrement 349 Input Filter 354 K Factor 355 Low Flow Limit 349 Manual w out Feedback 352 Manual with Feedback 352 materials 346 Maximum Rate 348 Minimum Rate 348 Partial Refill 356 precharge 353 Product Level 356 Reset Level 356 Target Rate 349 valve locking 355 liquid pressure sensors 59 list of plugins 74 lists 41 loading a line 151 locking the display 553 Logging button 137 planter 408 sprayer 420 logging variable rate data 284 logging remote 550 Logic Level 327 look ahead time 91 Low Alarm 328 329 330 Low Alarm Delay 328 329 330 granular seed 363 planter 339 Low Flow Limit liquid flow 349 Low Population Alarm granular seed 363 planter 339 Low RPM Limit granular fertilizer 373 Low Shaft RPM granular seed 361 main guidance screen 256 476 504 make and model 231 management swath 154 Manual Guidance plugin 169 manual guidance configuration 170 manual override sensitivity 183 Manual Speed 331 Manual w out Feedback 352 granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 365 Manual with Feedback 352 granular fertilizer 376 granular seed 365 map orientation 106 mapping 105 Mapping plugin 123 master benchmark 477 master module installing 50 resetting 456 upgrade firmware 557 master module harness insta
360. the minimum amount of dirt to be moved 1l Enter the Cut Fill Ratio 2 In the Section list do one of the following Select the section to level Select None to level the whole field 3 Tap Best Fit The system uses the interior points that you collected to calculate the optimum slope of the field The design information appears in the design slope options and the Stats table An arrow appears on the image of the field to show the direction of fall If necessary you can manually adjust the angle of the slope However this may require a greater amount of dirt to be moved because the original design was the optimum Saving the new design Tap OK to close the AutoPlane screen Your new design is saved as the default plane for this field For more information on using the design see Chapter 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin When the field is opened the design loads but the color theme does not get saved To re establish the color theme press AutoPlane and then reselect the Height or Cut Fill button Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target leveling plane the design is saved in the field directory The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 485 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heig
361. the Name window 2 Ifthe area feature will be a section of land that can be included in area calculations set the Productive Area button to Yes If it is unproductive land set the button to No 3 Tap Color to select the feature appearance color 4 Ifa signal pin is attached to the system set the Remote Output button to Enabled This enables you to trigger a pulse to an external device when you enter or exit this area 128 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 5 Select one of the following settings from the Trigger Warning When list Item Description No Warning No warning appears Entering Area A warning appears while you are inside the area Leaving Area A warning appears while you are outside the area Note The Remote Output and Trigger Warning settings only relate to this type of area feature They do not apply to any of your other area features You must set the warning for each type of Area Feature individually 6 Tap OK to return to the Select Feature screen The new area feature appears in the Area list 7 Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK to return to the Select Active Feature screen The new feature appears on the button you selected 8 Tap OK For more information on applying field features during navigation see Placing field features onscreen page 158 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 129 7 The Mapping Plugin Starting a field 1 Tap the
362. the Swath Management screen select the straight line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 152 3 Tap New Straight The Run screen appears 4 Tocreate the start point of the line tap Set A 5 Drive to the end of the line The end B point must be at least 50 meters 160 feet from the A point 6 Tap Set B The new AB Line appears onscreen To extend the line drive further along it and then tap Set B again 7 Tap Done To create a straight A line by selecting one point and the angle 1 From the Swath Management screen select the AB Line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 152 142 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide ay Oy or CS The Mapping Plugin 7 In the A Heading window enter the angle that you want the line to be on or select a previous AB Line to use its heading The default angle is the same as the previous AB Line heading Tap New Straight The Run screen appears Drive to the start of the line and then tap Set A Tap Use A The new A line appears Tap Done Creating a curved line L From the Swath Management screen tap the Curve field pattern Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 152 Tap New Curve The Run screen appears Drive to the start point of the curve and then tap Set A To stop recording your exact path and create a straight section of li
363. the implement at once l On the Variety Setup screen select a variety and then tap Assign The Set row range for variety screen appears Tap the Start Row text box and then enter the row that variety will start at The default is the first row that is now currently assigned Row 1 is on the left side of the implement 166 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 3 Tap the End Row text box and then enter the row that variety will end at 4 Tap OK The Variety Setup screen reappears 5 Select the next variety and then tap Assign 6 Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for any additional varieties X Tip For quick access to the Variety Setup screen from the Run screen set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety and then tap Attributes Ifyou select a different implement or change the settings of the current implement the variety assignments will be removed AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 167 7 The Mapping Plugin Closing a field When you have finished using a field 1 Tap the Home button to close it The following dialog appears Q w eal 2 Tap Yes to close the field The system closes the field and saves an HTML summary of the field See Saving an HTML version of the current field page 555 168 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide CHAPTER 8 The Manual Guidance Plugin In this chapter You must install the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plug
364. the list on the left of the screen f Insecticide 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type to Liquid Flow The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type T Note It is important that you select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 347 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Application Rates The Application Rate Setup screen appears 26 42 gal a Default Liquid rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric L ha Liters per hectare L min Liters per minute US Imperial gal a Gallons per acre gal min Gallons per minute 7 Enter the following values Item Description Minimum Rate The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Maximum Rate The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select 348 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Item Description Increment When you press the or button on the run screen tab you Decrement increase or decrease the sprayer target rate The Low Flow Limit High Flow Limit Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The lowest flow at which the system will operate The highest flow at which the system will operate The target rate is the rate at which the implement or spra
365. the screen When you use the display to show field leveling information blade position indicators appear on the Run screen Item Description Example Green bar in center Small red arrow pointing up Large red arrow pointing up The blade is at the correct target height it is within the On Grade Limit The blade is beyond the On Grade Limit value below the target height The blade is considerably below the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 505 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Item Description Example Small red arrow The blade is beyond the pointing down On Grade Limit value above the target height Large red arrow The blade is considerably pointing down above the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value The size of the up or down arrow indicates the movement required The arrow points in the direction that the blade needs to move FieldLevel status text items A number of status text items provide information about field leveling Note All of the FieldLevel status text items begin with FL Item Description FL Blade Height FL Correction Age FL Cut Fill FL Design Height FL Distance Traveled The current height of the blade The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel GPS receiver The difference between the Blade Height and the Targ
366. the start of the line leave the Prefix field empty To drop introductory characters enter them in the Prefix field For example if you receive data that begins GPGGA enter 24GP in the Prefix field The logged data will begin GGA Note 24 is the ASCII code for To log to the end of the line keep the default Suffix field OD 0A AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 543 18 The Serial Data Input Plugin 544 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 19 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin In this chapter The Productivity Monitoring plugin enables the AgGPS FieldManager display m Installation to interface with an Enalta CDA 1000 m Configuring the display for sugar cane harvesting GUNAY WISE HE This chapter explains how to combine the two systems so the information from m Operation both displays appears on the FieldManager display Note You can only use this plugin if you have an Enalta CCT system AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 545 19 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Installation 1 Install the FieldManager display harness and GPS receiver See Installing the display page 46 2 Connect the Enalta sensors to a serial port on the FieldManager display harness Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 1 Install the Productivity Monitoring plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 76 2 On the Configuration screen select the Produc
367. tion you can set relative offsets so the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e the X axis 498 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Il Plugin 16 e The Y axis e The height vv x Tip To display relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab To enable relative positions 1 Tap Relative Heights The Relative Height Setup screen appears 2 Tap Enabled 3 Tap each of the offset windows and enter the offset distance as required 4 Tap OK Configuring Leveling GPS mode When you set the leveling model to Leveling GPS the FieldLevel IT Setup screen changes to show the following items Item Description Blade Step Tap the Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down by the or offset buttons Coarse Blade Coarse mode enables you to offset the target height in large increments Step with a single press such as a 0 2 fill Tap the Coarse Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down in Coarse mode CAN Bus Select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the valve module is connected to Valve Type Tap the Valve Module field and then select the type of valve that is connected Allowable
368. tions where they will not be damaged by parts of the implement Connect the implement CAN breakaway extension to the mating connector of the cab harness Secure the implement harness to the toolbar with tie straps Coil and secure any unused sensor connections Route the implement harness along the implement hitch to the master module harness if additional length is required use an implement extension harness Secure the implement harness as needed Connect the master module harness to the mating connectors of the implement CAN harness and then connect the module to the implement harness The member module uses a 48 pin connector with a jackscrew to secure the connector to the module The WSMB uses a pair of 12 pin connectors Secure the module harness as needed CAN terminators You must install CAN terminators on cable ends for the system to communicate correctly l TRY Install one terminator on the cab Ey harness P N 64909 Install one terminator plug into the implement harness of the last module connected to the CAN bus 64 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Installing additional equipment Additional equipment is available to enable specific row section control For more information on installing Tru Count air clutches or boom section valves contact the specific manufacturer Switch boxes You can install switch boxes to control sprayer BSM boom switching module an
369. tivity Monitoring plugin and then tap Setup The setup screen appears 3 In the port list select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the Enalta sensors are connected to 546 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Item The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 19 Adjust the port settings Select the NMEA messages that the systems will use to communicate You can select GGA Select Enable GGA VTG Select Enable VTG GGA and VTG messages Select both buttons Select Enable Enalta CCT to enable the Enalta system Enter the following settings Description Logging Rate While Field Open The rate at which data is logged when a field is open 1 sec 300 sec Logging Rate While Field Closed The rate at which data is logged when the field is closed 1 sec 300 sec Minimum Operating Speed When a field is open and the vehicle speed drops below this speed a pop up message appears onscreen asking the driver to select a reason for the low speed The system will not operate until the driver selects a reason Maximum Stoppage Time When a field is open and the vehicle stops moving for Productive When longer than this time a pop up message appears onscreen asking the driver to select a reason for the stoppage The system will not operate until the driver selects a reason The system will be marked productive when a condition is active e None the system is not productive e Logging O
370. to accommodate RTK base station setup differences from the last time the field was open 510 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Working with MultiPlane designs When you have finished manipulating a Agers a topographic survey file in AB Lines MultiPlane you can export a control Ge Autopiot file GPS for use with the FieldLevel iti Il system Copy the design control file Data Dictionary into the AgGPS Designs folder on the FieldManager display data card 3 osre When the display opens a field it scans the AgGPS Designs folder and any MultiPlane GPS control files that are close to your current position are displayed e Select the appropriate control file The control file will be loaded displaying a color cut fill map of the field Red cut blue fill AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 511 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin When you use a MultiPlane design control file the FieldLevel II system remains in AUTO mode if you drive off the design but maintains the design height it had when you left the design If you disengage AUTO mode when you are off the design the display will not allow you to re engage the FieldLevel II system until your position is back over the color Cut Fill map Leveling model specific information You have different leveling options depending on the leveling mode that you selected see Step 3 Configuring the leveling mode
371. ton on the rear of the display to turn on the FieldManager display Allow the display to boot up The Home screen appears Tap Upgrade The Upload Firmware screen appears EZ BOOM EZ Boom v1 1 Release tw2 Select the appropriate plugin from the Select Devices list Any available firmware upgrade files appear in the lower left list Select the appropriate firmware file Tap Upload System messages appear in the box on the right of the screen and progress is displayed on the progress bar The component s firmware is updated 558 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 20 Unlocking additional devices You can purchase enhanced features for the FieldManager display from your local Trimble reseller To enable the additional features Note When you purchase an EZ Boom or Multi Application Control system you receive a text file containing the unlock password Place this file in the AgGPS Firmware directory on the CompactFlash card You can now avoid the steps below 1 Turn on the FieldManager display The Home screen appears 2 Tap Upgrade The Upload Firmware screen appears 3 Tap Unlock The Advanced Functionality Access screen appears Advanced Functionality Access Variable Rate Controller Locked Implement Steering Locked FieldLevel Il Locked OK 4 Tap the button for the feature that you want to unlock The Enter Password to Activate screen appears 5 Enter the password
372. ue 0 represents disabled For example the Shut Off Speed option enables you to set the low speed that will cause the system to shut off If you set the Shut Off Speed to 0 it will not shut off when the value reaches 0 Instead the Shut Off Speed option will be disabled and the multi application device will not shut off due to a low speed CAUTION Do not reset the master module unless you want to reset all system data settings to the factory default Trimble recommends that you do not reset the system unless instructed to by Technical Support AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 9 Safety 10 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Contents SAIC RR aOR De ES ee DDE wR ww 5 Warnings io 6 deatedoe Gada es e4 abe a ed eed BS eed eee a 6 CAUTIONS so aes ed ate a aaa a baa ace a SE eed eh ade ead ek a 7 1 Introduction 4 640064 6 048 2 8 e ow 25 Welcome x2 kinek os eae Gnas p a a EAE E aE pee Bee ad 25 About the product 1 0 ee eee 26 Using this manuals ss sacii due eater hoe Beek WC ay aS Gee ae 27 Related informations 2a ae its pa eae aa Gee Oem Ss 27 Technical assistance ss iced hee A tn eR ha ee a 28 our COMMMENES s ee ged dad nd ete Bara Saeed eal ad ada dae Se oe 28 2 Features and Functions 0005 29 System COMPONENES s cs cse mean a oie SR Renee eee EGE Ae 30 Systemihardware x a sain ae rw coral aly atte ee al A Alaa ts ee 31 Display Unit a vc 3 4 a RY oe hag ee oe es oe ah ees 31 AgG
373. uide 565 21 Data Management Data Description Files Directory Diagnostic Folder files Autopilot config System settings ProgramLog txt Diagnostics ProgramLog old FieldManager display logs FaultLog txt Autopilot faults EZ BoomFaultLog txt EZ Boom faults service messages messages_ gz messages_ gz 1 9 Operating system logs core gz Debug data lt Date gt Vehicle cfg Diagnostics Autopilot lt Preferences gt xml Diagnostics Preferences Screenshot_ lt num gt png Diagnostics screenshots 566 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide Data Management 21 The AgGPS directory The AgGPS directory stores system utility files and subdirectories that contain the input and output files of the AgGPS FieldManager display See Prescriptions page 279 and Directories on the CompactFlash card page 565 Figure 21 1 shows system utility files and the data directories in the AgGPS directory saved on a CompactFlash card by the AgGPS FieldManager display Ar E AgGPS File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q O iF see D res i gt X 19 Address E agcPs Pea Desktop F My Documents 3 My Computer Local Disk C 43 DVD RW Drive 0 B SanDisk ImageMate E AB Lines gt Autopilot 5 Data E lineFeatureDictionary txt 1KB E Smith Farms pointFeatureDictionary tx
374. uide 437 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The Spreader product channel tab overview mode The Multi Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a spreader at once The spreader tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and their current status m Channel rate indicators Figure 14 6 The spreader product channel tab 438 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Description wu AeA WN e Channel name e Current application rate e Channel flow rate e Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 378 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 371 Note This button is only available if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised on AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 439 14 The Multi Applic
375. uired amount The default is your current position Note The Skip position is temporary it is not saved to the line permanently To save a line adjustment use the Shift feature See Shifting a swath page 155 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 157 7 The Mapping Plugin Placing field features onscreen For a description of field features and how to configure the field feature buttons see Configuring field features page 125 To add a field feature to the map 1 If it is not already selected select the Mapping tab on the Run screen The features that you defined appear on the tab 2 Begin to drive the field 3 When you reach the point where you want to add a feature tap the appropriate feature button Ifthe feature is a Point Feature such as the Tree button in the example above the feature is added Ifthe feature is a Line Feature such as the Fence button in the example above or an Area Feature such as the Pond button the feature will begin Area and Line features continue until you tap the button a second time Note It is possible to add a Point feature while you add a Line or Area feature For example it is possible to use a Line feature to draw an overhead telephone wire and to simultaneously use a Point feature to add the telephone poles 158 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Pausing guidance You can pause guidance and return to your position later e To pa
376. ulation liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 4 products at once Air Seeder Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 4 products at once Sprayer Liquid control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors pressure or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 4 products at once Automatic boom section control for turning sections on or off automatically Spreader Granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 4 products at once Anhydrous Ammonia NH3 application Anhydrous ammonia control of up to 2 products Variable Rate Technology VRT for up to 2 products at once AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 305 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Definition of terms Planter and drill A planter is traditionally used for planting corn soybeans or other crops that require a specific row spacing A drillis traditionally used for sowing wheat barley grass or other crops that do not require row s
377. ulti Application Control Plugin Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current spraying rate will appear as Off To return to the overview press Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the sprayer to spray at To manually increase the TargetRate 220 FH target rate press To manually decrease the target rate press The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 348 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you have created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button will be available el Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate will appear between the and buttons Flush mode Flush is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses material for a period of time for a defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can only be activated when the vehicle is stopped AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Section Information tab A sprayer can have up to 24 sections Each section is represented on the section layout bar The information that is reported by boom sections and additional sensors appears on the Section Information tab which appears under the guidance screen
378. um number of sensors sprayer 4 Application rate sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john application rate sensors The system supports the following number of application rate sensors Application type Maximum number of sensors planter drill 4 air seeding 4 granular application 4 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 59 3 Getting Started Installing the cab harness Note The following harnesses are appropriate when installing the system in a planter For information on installing the harnesses in a sprayer air cart spreader or anhydrous unit refer to the Flow and Application Ordering Guide To install the cab harness refer to the following diagram Battery oO oO Tru Count Planter Switch Module optional DJ467984230S1 Switch Module has 1 Master Switch 6 row section switches DJ467984250S1 optional Generic Extension Switch Module each module has 6 row section switches Sree i i Add 1st Extension Module for rows sections 7 12 p O l Add 2nd Extension Module for rows sections 13 18 DJ467980330 P Add 3rd Extension Module for rows sections 19 24 AgGPS FieldManager display harness CAN 59872 Terminator Hi 467980455 DJ467980126 Included with FMD Hamess PN 64909 64909 P3 E H Ei al Tractor ECU DJ467985060S1 Ignition To Implement CAN Connect to
379. until you have the correct number of sensors for the repeating pattern and then tap each sensor to adjust its setting When the pattern is complete tap Apply The pattern you have entered will be applied to all sensors To clear an existing pattern and start again tap Clear You can adjust each sensor in the Rows group by tapping it To access additional sensors tap 2 5 Tap OK 324 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Other sensors 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Other Sensors AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 325 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin The Other Sensor Setup screen appears There are 5 different types of sensor you can connect Sensor type Description Hopper Sensor A hopper sensor mounts inside a tank bin and reports when that tank bin is empty B The hopper sensor does not report the current level of the tank bin it reports when the product level drops below where the sensor is mounted To monitor current tank levels see Material accumulator page 417 RPM Sensor An RPM sensor monitors the speed of a shaft in an implement It measures the number of shaft rotations per minute Pressure Sensor There are two types of pressure sensors that can be connected to the system be e An air pressure sensor measures the air or vacuum pressure within a tank for implements that utilize air to move product e A liquid pressure sensor
380. use guidance from the Run screen tap Pause The pause icon will appear at the point where your vehicle was when you pressed the button The status text will indicate the distance and angle required to return to that point Swath snapping will occur to the pause position and not follow your vehicle When you return to your former position tap Resume When you pause your position it is saved to a file on the CompactFlash card You can close the field and turn off the FieldManager display When you next open that field you will be guided back to your former position AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 159 7 The Mapping Plugin Adjusting the status text size You can control the size of the status text items that are shown at the top of the Run screen You can show either one of the status text items in a large size or both status text items in a smaller size Description Example One large status text item Two smaller status text items To cycle through the status text item display modes tap the items at the top of the screen 160 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 7 Introduction to coverage logging Coverage logging records the area that you have covered when you carry out an operation for example applying fertilizer to a field The covered area is shown on the Run screen as a solid yellow area or as a gray area if you have overlapped and covered an area twice To a
381. vated the display outputs pulses for an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree m Configuring the Remote planter Output plugin m Connecting remote output This chapter explains how to configure the Remote Output plugin so the display can output data AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 537 17 The Remote Output Plugin Connecting remote output For remote output connect to the P2 8 pin Deutsch connector on the AgGPS Autopilot harness The remote output wires are Pin Description Pin 3 5v Pin 8 Ground Configuring the Remote Output plugin When remote output is activated the display outputs pulses for an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree planter Note Pulse output only occurs when autosteering is engaged and coverage logging is enabled To enable pulse remote output 1 Install the Remote Output plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 76 2 From the Configuration screen select the Remote Output plugin and then tap Setup The Remote Output screen appears Time Based Pulse ical cs 538 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Remote Output Plugin 17 From the Remote Output Type drop down list select one of the following If you select Then enter No Output Time Based Pulse Distance Based Pulse Feature Signal When Engaged Nothing Remote output is not en
382. ve Height Setup screen appears 2 Tap Enabled 3 Tap each of the offset windows and enter the offset distance as required 4 Tap OK 500 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 16 Step 4 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Calibrate The FieldLevel Calibration screen appears 2 Set the vehicle throttle to 100 3 Tap Start The system performs its calibration sequence to test the speed at which the blade raises and lowers This process takes approximately 8 10 minutes To manually calibrate the valve enter values in the 3 Manual Calibration windows and then tap OK AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 501 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Step 5 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver The FieldLevel system uses a second separate GPS receiver to record the exact position of the leveling blade To configure this receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver plugin that is associated with the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup The Blade GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Inthe Receiver Type list select the type of correction messages that the receiver will send Ifit is a TSIP receiver select the correction type from the Corrections list enable the AgGPS Autoseed technology if required and enter the RTK network ID in the RTK NetID window Ifit is a DCOL re
383. ve assigned the materials to channels see Combining channels page 389 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 379 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin Configuring anhydrous Entering materials At this stage of the setup enter the material to be applied 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 380 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 The Material Setup screen appears 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen FAN aK 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the type of material to Anhydrous The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type 2 Note It is important that you select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 381 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Application Rates The Application Rate Setup screen appears Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare US Imperial Ibs a Pounds of nitrogen per acre 7 Enter the following values Item Description Minimum Rate The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Maximu
384. ve calibration 396 400 Index channel information tab 412 421 channel tab planter 411 Channel Width anhydrous 387 granular fertilizer 378 granular seed 368 liquid flow 355 planter 344 channels anhydrous 384 combining 389 granular fertilizer 374 granular seed 363 liquid flow 350 turning off 422 turning on 450 Check Setup button 316 checking modules 321 Client directory 568 client creating 131 closing a field 168 clutches 311 Tru Count 65 Combine Channels button 389 combining channels 389 comments 28 CompactFlash card 35 components 30 air seeder 305 anhydrous 305 drill 305 Multi Application 305 planter 305 sprayer 305 spreader 305 system 30 Configuration screen 84 configuring advanced 549 Autopilot plugin 174 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 613 Index display 600 Engage button 233 external switch 552 EZ Boom system 264 field features 124 125 FieldLevel controller 494 GPS receiver 220 implement 111 235 474 implement controller 231 language 89 lightbar 90 manual guidance 170 map orientation 106 mapping 105 master switch 333 materials for granular fertilizer 370 modules 314 Multi Application 312 planter 334 plugins 77 productivity monitoring 546 remote logging 550 remote output 538 roll offset correction 250 row sensors 322 screen 69 serial data input 542 sounds 92 switch boxes 320 time 94 units 89 variable rate controller 290 291 varieties 163 configuring chan
385. ve for damage Replace if necessary 3 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 5 Set Limit Max Output to a higher PWM on the Valve Calibration screen Perform a new valve calibration 462 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 223 Control 1 Limit Max Output set 1 Set Limit Max Output to a Channel Max too low higher level on the Valve Feedback 2 Incorrect feedback Calibration screen Perform a Unreachable sensor installation new valve calibration 3 Defective feedback 2 Verify correct installation of sensor the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 224 No Control 1 Implement hydraulic 1 Verify implement hydraulic Channel Gain system malfunction system operation Steps 2 Defective control valve 2 Inspect control valve for Calculated 3 Incorrect feedback damage Replace if necessary sensor installation 3 Verify correct installation of 4 Defective feedback the feedback sensor sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 225 Hopper Sensor 1 Incorrect logic level 1 Verify correct logic level Low setting on the Other setting on the Other Sensor Sensor Setup screen Setup screen 2 Dirty or defective 2 Clean inspect hopper sensor hopper sensor Replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Inspect harness and module
386. ve seed sensor 3 Defective module 214 Low Population SEED RATE HAS DROPPED 1 Verify proper planter Limit Exceeded BELOW THE LOW operation setup POPULATION ALARM 2 Inspect seed sensor for SETTING ON THE ALARMS damage Replace if necessary SETUP SCREEN 3 Inspect module for damage 1 Seed meter malfunction Replace if necessary or incorrect setup 4 Fill with seed 2 Defective seed sensor 3 Defective module 4 Running out of seed 215 High Pressure SENSED PRESSURE 1 Verify proper implement Limit Exceeded EXCEEDS THE HIGH operation setup ALARM SETTING ON THE 2 Inspect pressure sensor for OTHER SENSOR SETUP damage Replace if necessary SCREEN 3 Inspect module for damage 1 Implement malfunction Replace if necessary or incorrect setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 3 Defective module 216 Low Pressure SENSED PRESSURE BELOW 1 Verify proper implement Limit Exceeded THE LOW ALARM SETTING ON THE OTHER SENSOR SETUP SCREEN 1 Implement malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 3 Defective module harness or module operation setup 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 460 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The Multi Application Control Plugin 14 Alarm Alarm Probable cause Solution 217 Member NUMBER OF MEMBER 1 Verify correct module Module MODULES DOES NOT configuration
387. vel to that plane it uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the leveling implement See Configuring Leveling GPS mode page 499 The configuration and operation is different for each of these methods They are described separately below Configuring Point to Slope leveling When you select Point to Slope leveling the FieldLevel II Setup screen changes to show the following items Item Description Slope Adjust CAN Bus Valve Type The Slope Adjust field controls the amount that the gradient changes each time you press the up arrow aS or the down arrow gy on the Level tab For example if the leveling gradient is set to 3 and the Slope Adjust field is set to 2 when you press the down arrow on the Level tab the leveling gradient increases to 5 Select the port on the FieldManager display harness that the valve module is connected to Tap the Valve Module field and then select the type of valve that is connected AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 495 16 The FieldLevel II Plugin Item Description Allowable Tap the Allowable Cut Fill Range field and then enter the acceptable Cut Fill Range warning distance When Auto mode is engaged and the blade is outside this range for more than 3 seconds this warning appears On grade Limit Tap the On grade Limit field and then enter the limit This sets the distance the blade can move before the green blade height indicators change to thin red
388. wo angles above are combined The heading direction of the slope when the 2 slopes are combined AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 483 15 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin The icon beside each slope option shows the direction of the slope rte a Because this is a negative slope it drops from East to West The Stats table at the bottom of the screen shows field information Item Description Cut The volume of dirt that must be cut for the current design Fill The volume of dirt that must be added for the current design Note If the Cut and Fill values are the same you will only be moving dirt The volumes will balance out The system includes the Cut Fill Ratio when configuring these amounts See page 483 Area The area of the field inside the boundary The image of the field on the right of the screen can show one of two things e When the Height button is selected the image shows the topographical height of the field as it currently is e When the Cut Fill button is selected the image shows where dirt needs to be removed and where it needs to be added Areas that require dirt to be cut are red shades Areas that require dirt to be filled are blue shades Neutral areas that do not need adjusting are green 484 AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 15 Creating a design To create a design for the optimum slope for your field that requires
389. word screen appears Tap Enter Master Password Enter the Master password and then select OK The Change Administration Password screen appears Enter your new Administration password in both fields The new Administration password is now active Locking the display to re enable the password To re enter the password if you have already entered the Administration Password l 2 From the Home screen tap Lock Configuration Press the Configuration button The Configuration screen appears Tap a Setup or Calibrate button The Enter Administration Password screen appears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 553 20 Advanced Configuration Saving the vehicle configuration Note The vehicle configuration is different from the display configuration The vehicle configuration saves the Autopilot vehicle settings that you have created The display configuration saves the display appearance features that you have selected See Using settings files page 108 1 From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Edit Vehicle screen appears 2 Tap Save Vehicle to File The Save Vehicle Configuration screen appears The default file name contains the date and time To select a different file name tap the text box To overwrite a previous configuration file select the previous file from the Configuration list 3 To save the file tap OK When the configuration file is saved t
390. xternal data card To access the Data Management screen press the Data Management button Q to the right of the display AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 583 21 Data Management Copying card data To copy data either from the CompactFlash card to the internal memory or from the internal memory to the CompactFlash card 1 Select the item from the list that you want to copy To expand or contract a list entry double tap it Ifthe item is in the External Data Card list the lt Copy button becomes available Ifthe item is in the Internal Data Card list the Copy gt button becomes available 2 Tap the copy button The data is copied to the other column To copy data from the current CompactFlash card the source card to another CompactFlash card the destination card 1 Copy all of the data from the source card to the internal memory Note If the data card is larger than 128 MB and you have used more than 128 MB of data Trimble recommends that you do not copy the entire card all at once Copy each client individually If there is only one client copy each farm individually 2 When copying is complete remove the source card from the card slot and then insert the destination card 3 Copy all of the data from the internal memory to the destination card Deleting card data Ifyou need to create more space you can use the FieldManager display to e Delete all of the data in the internal memory
391. yer will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen To add a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap the appropriate units button either kS ha or kS a c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen ee Dp d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the run screen You can add up to 8 preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears AgGPS FieldManager Display User Guide 349 14 The Multi Application Control Plugin 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears There is only one setting on the Alarms Setup screen for liquid flow 11 Enter the product level alarm When the solution in the tank drops to this level a warning appears 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material Configuring the channels When you have configured a material you can configure the channels The FieldManager display can control up to 4 channels of different materials at once Note The system can control a combination of 4 of the following Up to 2 servo control valves and

Field Manager DisplayUser Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents